<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/" xmlns:blogger="http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><atom:id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823</atom:id><lastBuildDate>Fri, 08 Nov 2024 15:32:54 +0000</lastBuildDate><category>verbs</category><category>Should or May in sanskrit</category><category>active voice</category><category>future tense</category><category>nouns ijn sanskrit</category><category>past tense</category><category>present tense</category><category>sanskrit grammar</category><category>verbsin sanskrit</category><title>Sanskrit Tutorials</title><description>Sanskrit Tutorials</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/</link><managingEditor>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</managingEditor><generator>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>22</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-3274135568748812389</guid><pubDate>Fri, 19 Oct 2012 11:55:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-19T04:55:34.531-07:00</atom:updated><title>Verbless Sentences in Sanskrit!</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;मूर्खः परिहर्तव्यः प्रत्यक्षः द्विपदः पशुः ।&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;which&amp;nbsp;means.. &lt;strong&gt;A stupid person must be avoided. He is like a two-legged animal in-front of the eyes.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Sanskrit&quot; class=&quot;alignleft&quot; data-cke-saved-src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/download.jpg?w=262&amp;amp;h=192&amp;amp;h=192&quot; height=&quot;192&quot; src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/download.jpg?w=262&amp;amp;h=192&amp;amp;h=192&quot; title=&quot;Sanskrit&quot; width=&quot;262&quot; /&gt;Comparing
 the Sanskrit and the English versions, the&amp;nbsp;difference&amp;nbsp;is 
conspicuous.&amp;nbsp;Only 5 words in the Sanskrit&amp;nbsp;version but so many in the 
English version. We also explained in the last article that this 
enormous shortening has been possible due to the notion of vibhakti. 
(Have a look at the &lt;a data-cke-saved-href=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.wordpress.com/2011/05/03/sanskrit2/&quot; href=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.wordpress.com/2011/05/03/sanskrit2/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;last article&lt;/a&gt;
 to understand the mechanism of this shortening.) But we didn’t explain 
in full, the power that this innovative concept of vibhakti wields. In 
this article, we will look at the magic that is possible in a language 
whose sentence structure is based on this notion. And, not to mention, 
this notion of vibhakti lies at the heart of Sanskrit Grammar. We will 
also investigate how the vibhaktis enable one to 
compose&amp;nbsp;verbless&amp;nbsp;sentences in Sanskrit, which is not possible in 
English!&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Let’s get into translating some hardcore Sanskrit.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Let’s
 take up a typical word, say&amp;nbsp;देव, &amp;nbsp;as an example. Given below is a table
 that lists this same word&amp;nbsp;देव but with some modifications. Here we have
 24 different forms of the &amp;nbsp;word&amp;nbsp;देव | &lt;strong&gt;Each of these forms is called a vibhakti of&amp;nbsp;देव |&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption alignleft&quot; id=&quot;attachment_403&quot; style=&quot;color: black; width: 601px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-403&quot; data-cke-saved-src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/devah4.jpg?w=640&quot; src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/devah4.jpg?w=640&quot; title=&quot;devah&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Remember
 this table from school Sanskrit ? It is afterall not as annoying as 
many feel in the school. In fact, it is very powerful! Let’s discover 
its power.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Now let’s get back to our &lt;em&gt;Q&amp;amp;A format&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q)
 Yes! I do remember these horrible tables from school. They used to 
force-feed these into our brains. I remember, we were expected to 
memorize around 30 such tables and had to vomit out one of them in the 
final exams.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A) &amp;nbsp;You&amp;nbsp;are right. The way these are taught in 
the school course of Sanskrit is hopeless. Memorizing these tables 
without comprehending their power is like memorizing Thermodynamic 
tables of Specific&amp;nbsp;Heats without comprehending the Laws 
of&amp;nbsp;Thermodynamics. In this article, we shall focus on the concepts 
behind these rather than memorizing them. Now smile!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q) Hmmm &lt;img alt=&quot;:)&quot; class=&quot;wp-smiley&quot; data-cke-saved-src=&quot;http://s0.wp.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif?m=1129645325g&quot; src=&quot;http://s0.wp.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif?m=1129645325g&quot; /&gt; …concepts ? So what are they ?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A) As mentioned in the last article, in general, a word in Sanskrit represents property(s).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption alignright&quot; id=&quot;attachment_434&quot; style=&quot;color: black; width: 310px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-434&quot; data-cke-saved-src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/fire.jpg?w=640&quot; src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/fire.jpg?w=640&quot; title=&quot;fire&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Agni,
 one of the 33 devas mentioned in Vedas. Devas refer to terrestrial 
things of high excellence.&amp;nbsp;Here is a list of all the devas. 8 Vasus 
(Earth, Water, Fire, Air, Sky, Moon, Sun, Stars/ Planets) that form 
components of universe where we live, 10 Life Forces in our body (Prana,
 Apana, Vyana, Udana, Samaana, Naga, Kurma, Kukala, Devadatta) and 1 
Soul called Rudra, 12 Aditya or months of year, 1 Vidyut or 
Electromagnetic force that is of tremendous use to us. 1 Yajna or 
constant noble selfless deeds done by humans.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Here, देव represents (the property of) &lt;em&gt;being of great excellence&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;being heavenly&lt;/em&gt;.&amp;nbsp;But,
 in spoken language, we always refer to objects and not properties. (The
 object being&amp;nbsp;referred&amp;nbsp;to need not exist in the real world. It is 
sufficient if it exists in the speaker’s imagination.) &amp;nbsp;So we need a way
 to force the word&amp;nbsp;देव, &amp;nbsp;to represent an object rather than a property. 
That way of forcing a word(which represents a property) to represent an 
object is called&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;vibhakti&lt;/strong&gt;. &amp;nbsp;Let us now settle on the 
agreement that (x|y) would stand for &amp;nbsp;the vibhakti-form of &amp;nbsp;देव in the 
xth row and yth column of the table. So, &amp;nbsp;(6|3) = देवानाम् and (1|1) = 
देवः |&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Here are our rules.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule1&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;|
 A vibhakti-form of a word always denotes an object having the property 
that the respective word represents. So, whenever in a &amp;nbsp;sentence you 
come&amp;nbsp;across, say,&amp;nbsp;देवस्य or&amp;nbsp;देवैः or&amp;nbsp;देवेषु, it means that an object 
having the property of&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;being of great excellence&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;exists.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule2&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;| Each vibhakti-form in the table carries 3 pieces of info with itself viz.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;the number of objects (whether singular, dual or plural ?)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;the number of the vibhakti (whether it is the first vibhakti or third or eighth ?)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;the gender of the object (whether it is a male object or female or neutral ?)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;So, (6|3) =&amp;nbsp;देवानाम्&amp;nbsp;carries&amp;nbsp;the info that there are &lt;em&gt;more than 2&amp;nbsp;masculine&amp;nbsp;objects of sixth vibhakti&lt;/em&gt;, having the property of &lt;em&gt;being of great excellence&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule3&lt;/strong&gt; | Every&amp;nbsp;sentence&amp;nbsp;has an action involved in it. (This is a general rule applicable to any language.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule4&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;| Objects having the same vibhakti point to the same object. (We have already seen an awesome application of this rule in the &lt;a data-cke-saved-href=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.wordpress.com/2011/05/30/sanskrit3/&quot; href=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.wordpress.com/2011/05/30/sanskrit3/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;last article&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Having noticed these 4 rules, now let’s understand the meaning of each vibhakti in the form of the extended table below.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption alignright&quot; id=&quot;attachment_440&quot; style=&quot;color: black; width: 650px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-440&quot; data-cke-saved-src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/devah12.jpg?w=640&amp;amp;h=412&quot; height=&quot;412&quot; src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/devah12.jpg?w=640&amp;amp;h=412&quot; title=&quot;devah1&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Explaining
 vibhaktis. The text in blue explains what it means when a word in a 
sentence appears in the vibhakti number of that row.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption alignleft&quot; id=&quot;attachment_400&quot; style=&quot;color: black; width: 650px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-400&quot; data-cke-saved-src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/mala3.jpg?w=640&amp;amp;h=412&quot; height=&quot;412&quot; src=&quot;http://uttishthabharata.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/mala3.jpg?w=640&amp;amp;h=412&quot; title=&quot;mala&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Explaining vibhaktis again, but this time with a different example !&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Now, lets take up some sample sentences and try to translate them. Here they are.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;रक्तनेत्रः भेतव्यः।&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;उपदेशः मूर्खानाम् प्रकोपाय ।&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;रथेन यात्रा न मनोरथेन।&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Let me also give you the closest English words corresponding to each of the words involved.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;रक्तनेत्र = (the property of) having red eyes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;भेतव्य = (the property by which one) must be feared&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;उपदेश = (the property of) directing in a particular direction/way&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;मूर्ख = (the property of) being stupid&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;प्रकोप = &amp;nbsp;aggression, hoslility&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;रथ = (the property of) advancing towards something&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;यात्रा = (the property of) going in a regulated manner&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;न = not (Note: This word does not represent a property nor do vibhakti-forms of it exist. Such words are called अव्यय)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;मनोरथ = (the property of) going towards something but only in mind&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q) Before starting to translate, can you give me general guidelines for translating them.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A) Sure!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;The
 first thing you must do while translating any Sanskrit sentence is to 
identify whether any words in the sentence exist in their vibhakti-forms
 or not. &amp;nbsp;Those words which exist in a vibhakti-form represent &lt;strong&gt;objects&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;by Rule1&lt;/strong&gt;! (Need not be physical objects. They may be abstract objects in the imagination of the speaker!)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;For the words that exist in a vibhakti-form, identify the 3 pieces of info&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;mentioned in Rule2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule3&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;assures
 us that there is bound to be some action involved in the 
sentence!&amp;nbsp;Identify that action and guess the relation of each word with 
that action using the blue text of the extended vibhakti tables&amp;nbsp;pasted 
above. &lt;em&gt;When no action is explicitly mentioned, then it is the &lt;strong&gt;action of existing&lt;/strong&gt; of the object denoted by the words of the first vibhakti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Apply &lt;strong&gt;Rule4&lt;/strong&gt;, if applicable.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;And lo, you have the translation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Translating Sentence 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;रक्तनेत्रः भेतव्यः।&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;(1|1) &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;(1|1)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Applying &lt;strong&gt;Rule1&lt;/strong&gt;. From above,&amp;nbsp;रक्तनेत्र = (the property of) having red eyes, but since the sentence contains&amp;nbsp;रक्तनेत्रः and not&amp;nbsp;रक्तनेत्र, by &lt;strong&gt;Rule1&lt;/strong&gt;,
 we conclude that रक्तनेत्रः = an object/person having red 
eyes.&amp;nbsp;Similarly, &amp;nbsp;भेतव्यः does not represent a &amp;nbsp;property rather it 
denotes an object/person who must be feared.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Applying &lt;strong&gt;Rule2&lt;/strong&gt;.
 &amp;nbsp;We try to identify the grammatical info carried by these words. Both 
the words are of the form (1|1) of the &amp;nbsp;देव table. &amp;nbsp;So the info they 
carry is that each of रक्तनेत्रः and भेतव्यः&amp;nbsp;denote&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;single&amp;nbsp;masculine objects of first vibhakti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Applying &lt;strong&gt;Rule3&lt;/strong&gt;. We try to identify the action involved in the sentence. Since the action is not explicitly mentioned, it is the action of &lt;em&gt;existing of objects&lt;/em&gt; denoted by the words of the first vibhakti viz. रक्तनेत्रः and भेतव्यः&lt;strong&gt; |&lt;/strong&gt;.
 And from&amp;nbsp;the vibhakti table above, both रक्तनेत्रः and भेतव्यः perform 
that action. (See the top-most blue line in the देव table.) Hence, 
the&amp;nbsp;objects&amp;nbsp;denoted by रक्तनेत्रः and भेतव्यः&lt;strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt; exist. This existence itself is the action.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Applying &lt;strong&gt;Rule4&lt;/strong&gt;.
 &amp;nbsp;Both the words have the same vibhakti viz. first vibhakti, hence they 
denote the same object. So,&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;रक्तनेत्रः and भेतव्यः are the same objects
 and not different objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;So,
 the sentence&amp;nbsp;means&amp;nbsp;that the person who has red eyes and the person 
who&amp;nbsp;must&amp;nbsp;be&amp;nbsp;feared are one and the same. So the sentence translates to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;One who has red eyes must be feared.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Notice the difference in length. English version has 8 words while the Sanskrit version has only 2!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Translating Sentence 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;उपदेशः मूर्खानाम् प्रकोपाय ।&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;(1|1) &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; (6|3) &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; (4|1)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule1 &lt;/strong&gt;says, since all the words appear in a vibhakti-form, each word denotes an object.&lt;br /&gt;उपदेशः = something that directs =&amp;nbsp;advice, instructions&lt;br /&gt;मूर्खानाम् = someone who is stupid&lt;br /&gt;प्रकोपाय = hostility (seen as an object)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule2&lt;/strong&gt; instructs us to identify the 3 pieces of info, viz.&lt;br /&gt;उपदेशः denotes a &lt;em&gt;single masculine object&amp;nbsp;in first vibhakti&lt;/em&gt; (1|1)&lt;br /&gt;मूर्खानाम् denotes &lt;em&gt;more than 2 masculine objects of sixth vibhakti&lt;/em&gt; (6|3)&lt;br /&gt;प्रकोपाय denotes&lt;em&gt; single masculine object of fourth vibhakti&lt;/em&gt; (4|1)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule3&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;asks
 us to infer the relation of each object with the action by looking at 
the blue text in the vibhakti table. The action is “existing”, from &lt;strong&gt;Rule3&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;उपदेशः
 = (1|1) implies that advice is performing the action of 
existing,&amp;nbsp;that&amp;nbsp;is, advice exists, which means some advice is being given
 by someone.&lt;br /&gt;मूर्खानाम् = (6|3) implies&amp;nbsp;that&amp;nbsp;प्रकोप belongs to 
the&amp;nbsp;मूर्ख persons being&amp;nbsp;refereed to. &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;प्रकोपाय&amp;nbsp;= (4|1) implies that 
the action (of existing/giving of advice) helps/intensifies&amp;nbsp;प्रकोप |&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule4&lt;/strong&gt; not&amp;nbsp;applicable.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Hence the sentence translates to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Giving advice intensifies the hostility of stupid people.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;text-decoration: underline;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Translating Sentence 3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;रथेन यात्रा न मनोरथेन।&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(3|1) (1|1) (nil) (3|1)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ol style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule1&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;says, since all the words, &lt;em&gt;except &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;न,&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;appear in a vibhakti-form, they denote an object.&lt;br /&gt;रथेन = a chariot&lt;br /&gt;यात्रा&amp;nbsp; = journey or travel&lt;br /&gt;न = not&lt;br /&gt;मनोरथेन = an imaginary chariot in mind&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule2&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;instructs us to identify the 3 pieces of info, viz.&lt;br /&gt;रथेन&amp;nbsp;denotes a&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;single masculine object&amp;nbsp;in third vibhakti&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;(3|1)&lt;br /&gt;यात्रा&amp;nbsp;denotes a&lt;em&gt;&amp;nbsp;single feminine object of first vibhakti&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;(1|1)&lt;br /&gt;न does not denotes any&amp;nbsp;object&lt;br /&gt;मनोरथेन denotes&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;a single masculine object of third vibhakti&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;(3|1)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule3&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;asks
 us to infer the relation of each object with the action by looking at 
the blue text in the vibhakti table. The action is “existing”, from&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Rule3&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;रथेन = (3|1) implies that the chariot is instrumental in performing the action&lt;br /&gt;यात्रा = (1|1) implies that journey exists, that is,&amp;nbsp;journey&amp;nbsp;is being done&lt;br /&gt;न = (nil) negates the meaning of the word that comes after it&lt;br /&gt;मनोरथेन = (3|1) implies that the chariot of mind is instrumental in performing the action&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rule4&lt;/strong&gt; does not give any new info.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;Hence, the sentence translates to&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Journey is done by a (real) chariot, not by a chariot of mind.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q)
 I really enjoyed! But there is some feeling of&amp;nbsp;uncertainty&amp;nbsp;lingering in
 my mind. In the&amp;nbsp;sentence,&amp;nbsp;रथेन यात्रा न मनोरथेन। why did you say that 
Rule4 does not give any new info ? I mean,&amp;nbsp;रथेन and&amp;nbsp;मनोरथेन, both have 
the same vibhakti viz. third vibhakti, hence they should represent the 
same object,&amp;nbsp;so “रथ” is “मनोरथ”, that means the real chariot and the 
chariot of mind are one and the same! Isn’t it ? &amp;nbsp;Or am I wrong ?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A)
 &amp;nbsp;Here, you are applying the Rule4 &amp;nbsp;to inappropriate words. The 
word&amp;nbsp;न&amp;nbsp;is an&amp;nbsp;अव्यय. That means, its vibhakti-forms do not exist.&amp;nbsp;Hence, 
instead of considering&amp;nbsp;मनोरथेन alone as a single word, one 
must&amp;nbsp;consider&amp;nbsp;न&amp;nbsp;मनोरथेन&amp;nbsp;as a single word (because&amp;nbsp;न&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;itself has no 
vibhakti!)&amp;nbsp;for applying Rule4. So by applying&amp;nbsp;Rule4 again, we see 
that&amp;nbsp;रथेन and&amp;nbsp;न&amp;nbsp;मनोरथेन denote the same object, which is true because 
“रथ” is indeed “not मनोरथ” !&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q)
 There is one more thing that I am not able to swallow. In the sentences
 taken up by you so far, there have been no verbs ! So, are&amp;nbsp;there&amp;nbsp;really
 no verbs in Sanskrit ? I feel like screaming, if this is true.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A)
 You need not scream.&amp;nbsp;You&amp;nbsp;are correct in that the sentences taken up so 
far have been&amp;nbsp;verb-less, though this does not mean that those sentences 
had no actions involved. In fact, no sentence is possible without an 
action. Our sample sentences employed vibhaktis to describe actions, but
 actions can also be described by verbs and Sanskrit has verbal system 
and in fact, it is highly elaborated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;That’s
 it for this article. In the next one, we&amp;nbsp;shall&amp;nbsp;explain the general 
structure of a Sanskrit sentence, revealing how the tremendous amount of
 Sanskrit literature ranging from Philosophy to Physics, can be 
grammatically broken down into mere 2012 dhAtus and a few lone words.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: black; text-align: justify;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;PS: &lt;strong&gt;The definitions of vibhakti given in the article are very superficial and there are a lot many aspects to each vibhakti.&lt;/strong&gt;
 In fact, complete articles can be written on each of the 8 vibhaktis 
and still may not be sufficient. The aim here is to get a new learner 
started with vibaktis. For detailed learning, I would recommend checking
 out other resources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/verbless-sentences-in-sanskrit.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-1244507765890887208</guid><pubDate>Thu, 18 Oct 2012 15:08:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-18T08:08:45.935-07:00</atom:updated><title>Simple day-to-day Words</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;


 
  &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;1&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;width: 500px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;h3 class=&quot;western&quot; lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;
     Sanskrit words&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;h3 class=&quot;western&quot;&gt;
     Transliteration&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;h3 class=&quot;western&quot;&gt;
     Meaning&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    दिनदर्शिका&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dinadarshikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Calendar&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    दूरदर्शनम्&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dooradarshanam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Television&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    दर्पणः&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;darpanaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Mirror&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    दूरवाणी&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dooravaanee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Telephone&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    द्वारम्&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dvaaram&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Door&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    पादरक्षा&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;paadaraxaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    footwear&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;आकाशवाणी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;aakaashavaanee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Radio&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;ध्वनिमुद्रिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dhvanimudrikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Tape record&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;सिक्थवर्तिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;sikthavartikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Candle&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;सूचनाघण्टा&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;soochanaaghantaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Calling bell&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;कङ्कणम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;kankanam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Bangle&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;कर्तरी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;kartaree&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Scissors&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;अवकरिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;avakarikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Dustbin&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;अग्निपेटिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;agnipetikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Matchbox&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;छत्रम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;chatram&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Umbrella&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;करण्डः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;karandaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Small box&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;शय्या&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;shayyaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Bed&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;भावचित्रम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;bhaavachitram&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Photo&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;करदीपः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;karadeepaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Torch&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;जलशोधकम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;jalashodhakam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Water filter&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;धनलेखः&lt;/span&gt;,&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;देयकम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dhanalekaha,deyakam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Bill,Receipt&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;तालः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;taalaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Lock&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;आतपः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;aatapaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Sunlight&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;छाया&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;chaayaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Shade&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;सूचिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;soochikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Safety pin&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;समीकरः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;sameekaraha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Iron&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    
    पादत्राणम्&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;paadatraanam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Shoe&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;गोलदीपः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;goladeepaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Bulb&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;दण्डदीपः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dandadeepaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Tube light&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;व्यजनम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;vyajanam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Fan&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;युतकम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;yutakam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Shirt&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;सोपानम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;sopanam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Step&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;पिञ्जः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;pinjaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Switch&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;भित्तिः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;bhittihi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Wall&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;गणकयन्त्रम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;ganakayantram&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Computer&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;दिनपत्रिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dinapatrikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Daily paper&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;वारपत्रिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;vaarapatrikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Weekly paper&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;मासपत्रिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;maasapatrikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Monthly paper&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;आसन्दः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;aasandaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Chair&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;भित्तिघटिः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;bhittighatihi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Wall clock&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;सम्मार्जनी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;sammaarjanee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Broom&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;ऊरुकम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;oorukam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Pants&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;कुञ्चिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;kunchikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Key&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;शिरस्त्रम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;shirastram&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Cap&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;लेखनी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;lekhanee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Pen&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;अङ्कनी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;ankanee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Pencil&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;कोशः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;koshaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Pocket&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;स्वेदकः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;svedakaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Sweater&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;धनम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dhanam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Money&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;विरामः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;viraamaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Holiday&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;योजिनी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;yojinee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Stapler&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;नखकर्तरी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;nakhakartaree&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Nail cutter&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    
    स्नानगृहम्&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;snaanagraham&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Bathroom&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;प्रोञ्छः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;pronchaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Towel&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;दन्तफेनः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dantaphenaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Toothpaste&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;फेनकम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;phenakam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Soap&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;कूर्चः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;koorchaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Brush&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;क्षुरपत्रम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;ksurapatram&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Blade&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;पिठरः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;pitharaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Boiler&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;उष्णजलम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;ushnajalam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Hot water&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;शीतजलम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;sheetajalam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Cold water&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;नालः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;naalaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Tap&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;फेनकपेटिका&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;phenakapetikaa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Soap box&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;दन्तकूर्चः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dantakoorchaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Toothbrush&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;दन्तचूर्णः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dantachoornaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Teeth powder&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;द्रोणी&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;dronee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Bucket&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    
    पाकशाला&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;paakashaalaa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Kitchen&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;तैलम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;tailam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Oil&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;नवनीतम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;navaneetam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Butter&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;घृतम्&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;ghratam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Ghee&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    भोजनपीठम्&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;bhojanapeetham&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Dining table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    
    पत्रालयः&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;patraalayaha&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Post office&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    मषीपः&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;masheepaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Ink-pad&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: DejaVu Sans;&quot;&gt;मूल्याङ्कः&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;moolyaankaha&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    Stamp&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    पत्रपेटिका&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;patrapetekaa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Post box&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    अन्तर्देशीयपत्रम्&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;antardesheeyapatram&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Inland letter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    समपत्रम्&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;samapatram&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Postcard&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    पत्रवितारकः&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;patravitaarakaha&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Postman&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    मृदुमुद्रा&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;em&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;mradumudraa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;td&gt;
    &lt;span lang=&quot;en-GB&quot;&gt;Seal&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/simple-day-to-day-words.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-447294654198900432</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:41:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:41:20.145-07:00</atom:updated><title>Vocative Case / सम्बोधन विभक्ति (sambodhana vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Vocative Case or 
सम्बोधन विभक्ति (sambodhana vibhakti) of noun-form represents the word used to address or call someone or 
something.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in &lt;i&gt;vocative case&lt;/i&gt;.


&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;O! Boy&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;हे बाल &lt;br /&gt; he baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot; width=&quot;40%&quot;&gt;Here boy (बाल / baala), creeper (लता / lataa) and 
        God (देव / deva) are in vocative case or सम्बोधन विभक्ति (sambodhana vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;O! Creeper&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;हे लते &lt;br /&gt; he late&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;O! God&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;हे देव &lt;br /&gt; he deva&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
All the above sentences address or call someone. So, the person or thing being addressed is
in &lt;i&gt;vocative case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Note&lt;/u&gt;: I (अस्मद् / asmad) and You (युस्मद् / yusmad) words do not have any vocative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Vocative Case (सम्बोधन विभक्ति / sambodhana vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt; शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt; लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt; बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बाल &lt;br /&gt; baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालौ &lt;br /&gt; baalau&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालाः &lt;br /&gt; baalaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लते &lt;br /&gt; late&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लते &lt;br /&gt; late&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताः &lt;br /&gt; lataaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदी &lt;br /&gt; nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्यो &lt;br /&gt; nadyau&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्यः &lt;br /&gt; nadyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलम् &lt;br /&gt; phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फले &lt;br /&gt; phale&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलानि &lt;br /&gt; phalaani&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/vocative-case-sambodhana-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-7679484997116155775</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:40:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:40:42.641-07:00</atom:updated><title>Locative Case / सप्तमी विभक्ति (saptamii vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Locative Case or 
सप्तमी विभक्ति (saptamii vibhakti) of &lt;i&gt;noun-form&lt;/i&gt; represents the &quot;where&quot; of the sentence. In other
words &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt; represents the &lt;i&gt;locative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentense.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt;.


&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;1. Lotuses are in the lake.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कमलानि कासरे सन्ति &lt;br /&gt; kamalaani kaasare santi&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;8&quot;&gt;The words lake (कासर / kaasara), creeper (लता / lataa), forest (अरण्य / araNya), 
city (नगरी / nagarii), bed (शज्या / shajyaa), land (भूमि / bhuumi), Mahabharata (महाभारत / mahaabhaarata) and 
all (सर्व / sarva) are expressing location of something or someone.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;2. Flowers bloom in the creeper.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पुष्पाणि लतायां विकसन्ति &lt;br /&gt; puShpaaNi lataayaa.n vikasanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;3. Elephants roam in the forest.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गजाः अरण्ये सञ्चरन्ति &lt;br /&gt; gajaaH araNye saJNcharanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;4. Offices are in the city.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कार्यालयाः नगरीशु भवन्ति &lt;br /&gt; kaaryaalayaaH nagariishu bhavanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;5. Child is sleeping on the bed.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शिशुः शज्यायां शेते &lt;br /&gt; shishuH shajyaayaa.n shete&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;6. Leaves fall on the ground.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पर्णानि भूम्यां पतन्ति &lt;br /&gt; parNaani bhuumyaa.n patanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;7. There are many stories in Mahabharata.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;महाभारते अनेककथाः विद्यन्ते &lt;br /&gt; mahaabhaarate anekakathaaH vidyante&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;8. Atma is in everybody.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सर्वस्मिन् आत्मा विद्यते &lt;br /&gt; sarvasmin aatmaa vidyate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentence 1 above, if we ask the question &quot;where are the lotuses?&quot;, the answer that comes is 
&quot;lake&quot;. So, &quot;lake&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;locative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and the &lt;i&gt;noun-form&lt;/i&gt; is in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt; or
&lt;i&gt;saptamii vibhakti&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 3, if we ask the question &quot;elephants roam where?&quot;, 
the answer that comes is &quot;forest&quot;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, answer that comes from the question &quot;where&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;locative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentense and is always 
in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt;. Followings are the rules where &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt; is used.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the location of something or someone will
 be in locative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentence 1 to 8 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the above rules there are few more special rules where loctive case is used. Followings 
are the examples of these.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;9. He is sitting on the seat.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः आसन्दे उपविशति &lt;br /&gt; saH aasande upavishati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Expressing the thing on which one sits or 
stands etc.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;10. Students are running on the road.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;च्छात्राः मार्गेशु धावन्ति &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatraaH maargeshu dhaavanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;11. Peackoks are dancing on the mountain.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मयूराः गिरिशु नृत्यन्ति &lt;br /&gt; mayuuraaH girishu nRRityanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;12. Young boys are swiming in the river.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;तरुणाः नद्यां तरन्ति &lt;br /&gt; taruNaaH nadyaa.n taranti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;13. Girls are playing in the play ground.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वालिकाः क्रीडाङ्गणे क्रिडन्ति &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH kriiDaaN^gaNe kriDanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;14. I will go in the evening.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं सायंकाले गच्छामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n saaya.nkaale gachchhaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Expressing the time of action.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;15. Holiday is on Sunday.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;विरामः भानुवासरे भवति &lt;br /&gt; viraamaH bhaanuvaasare bhavati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;16. When sun rises, lotus blooms.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सूर्ये उदिते पद्मं विकसति &lt;br /&gt; suurye udite padma.n vikasati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Expressing the action of one resulting in the 
action of another.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;17. When moon rises, lillies bloom.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;चन्द्रे उदिते कुमुदानि विकसन्ति &lt;br /&gt; chandre udite kumudaani vikasanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;18. Among animals human beings are the best.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;प्राणिनां / प्राणिषु नराः श्रेष्ठाः &lt;br /&gt; praaNinaa.n / praaNiShu naraaH shreShThaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Comparision in group.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;19. Do good as if death is holding by hair.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गृहित एव केशेषु मृत्युना धर्ममाचरेत्  &lt;br /&gt; gRRihita eva kesheShu mRRityunaa dharmamaacharet&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Expressing part of body held separately.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;20. Friend made me sit by holding my hands.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सखा मां करे धृत्वा उपवेशयत् &lt;br /&gt; sakhaa maa.n kare dhRRitvaa upaveshayat&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;21. Father loves son.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पिता पुत्रे स्निह्यति &lt;br /&gt; pitaa putre snihyati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Expressing trust, fondness, love, anger, worship etc., in someone.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;22. You trust me.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;त्वं मयि विश्वसिहि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n mayi vishvasihi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;23. Respect father.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पितरि भक्तिं कुरु &lt;br /&gt; pitari bhakti.n kuru&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing something on which someone or something
 sits or stands will be in locative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 9 if we ask the question &quot;where is he seating?&quot; or &quot;on what is he seating?&quot;, the answer that
comes is on the seat. So, the word &quot;seat&quot; or आसन्द (aasand) is in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt; as it is expressing
the thing on which someone is seating. Sentence 10 to 13 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the time of action in response to the 
 question on verb as &quot;when&quot; will be in locative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 14 answer to the question &quot;when shall I go?&quot; is &quot;in the evening&quot; or &quot;evening&quot;. So, the 
word &quot;evening&quot; or सायंकाल (saaya.nkaala) is in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 15 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When the action of one results in action of another, the thing whose
 action occurs first will be in locative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 16 - lotus blooms when sun rises. In other words the action of sun&#39;s rising results
in the action of the lotus blooming. So, the word &quot;sun&quot; or सूर्य (suurya) is in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt;.
Sentence 17 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If a comparision in a group is being made then the word 
 expressing the group will be in locative case or in genitive case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 18 the word &quot;animal&quot; or प्राणि (praaNi) is in &lt;i&gt;locative case &lt;/i&gt; (or alternatively 
&lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt;), as it represents the group in which human beings are the best.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If a part of body is held separately then the word expressing
 the part will be in locative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 20 - my friend is holding my hand (separately) to make me seat. So, the word &quot;hand&quot; or 
कर (kara) is in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt; as this is the part of body which is being held separately.
Sentence 19 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If verbs meaning trust, fondness, love, anger, worship etc.,
 are used, the person in whom such trust or fondness is shown will be in locative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 21 the verb स्निह्यति (snihyati) is used to express father&#39;s love in his son. So, 
the word &quot;son&quot; or पुत्र (putra) is in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt;. 
Sentence 22 and 23 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Locative Case (सप्तमी विभक्ति / saptamii vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt; शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt; लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt; बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बाले  &lt;br /&gt; baale&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालयोः &lt;br /&gt; baalayoH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालेषु  &lt;br /&gt; baaleShu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतायाम् &lt;br /&gt; lataayaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतयोः &lt;br /&gt; latayoH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतासु &lt;br /&gt; lataasu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्याम् &lt;br /&gt;  nadyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्योः nadyoH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीषु &lt;br /&gt;  nadiiShu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फले  &lt;br /&gt; phale&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलयोः &lt;br /&gt; phalayoH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलेषु  &lt;br /&gt; phaleShu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/locative-case-saptamii-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-1046916344892827152</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:40:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:40:01.759-07:00</atom:updated><title>Genitive Case / षष्ठी विभक्ति (ShaShThii vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Genitive Case or 
षष्ठी विभक्ति (ShaShThii vibhakti) of &lt;i&gt;noun-form&lt;/i&gt; represents the &quot;whose&quot; of the sentence. In other
words &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt; represents the &lt;i&gt;genitive&lt;/i&gt; in the sentense.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt;.

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;1. Son of Dasaratha.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;दशरथस्य पुत्रः &lt;br /&gt; dasharathasya putraH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;11&quot;&gt;Peron or thing whose relationship with another is being expressed.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;2. Krishna&#39;s friend.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कृष्णस्य सखा &lt;br /&gt; kRRiShNasya sakhaa&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;3. Rise of sun.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सूर्यस्य उदयः &lt;br /&gt; suuryasya udayaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;4. Water of river.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;नद्याः जलम् &lt;br /&gt; nadyaaH jalam&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;5. Whiteness of moon.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;चन्द्रिकाया धवलता &lt;br /&gt; chandrikaayaa dhavalataa&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;6. Heat of fire.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अग्नेः ज्वाला &lt;br /&gt; agneH jvaalaa&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;7. Vrihaspati is the teacher of Gods.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;देवानां गुरुः बृहस्पतिः &lt;br /&gt; devaanaa.n guruH bRRihaspatiH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;8. Demons are the desciples of Sukracharya.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शुक्राचार्यस्य शिष्याः असुराः &lt;br /&gt; shukraachaaryasya shiShyaaH asuraaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;9. Women&#39;s jewellary.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;नारीणाम् आभरणम् &lt;br /&gt; naariiNaam aabharaNam&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;10. This is my opinion.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;एतत् मम मतम् &lt;br /&gt; etat mama matam&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;11. Ganapati has four hands.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गणपतेः चत्वारः हस्ताः &lt;br /&gt; gaNapateH chatvaaraH hastaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentence 1 above, if we ask the question &quot;whose son?&quot;, the answer that comes is &quot;Dasaratha&quot;.
So, &quot;Dasaratha&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;genitive&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and the &lt;i&gt;noun-form&lt;/i&gt; is in &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt; or
&lt;i&gt;ShaShThi vibhakti&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 4, if we ask the question &quot;whose water?&quot;, the answer 
that comes is &quot;river&quot;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, answer that comes from the question &quot;whose&quot; is the genitive in the sentense and is always 
in &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt;.Followings are the rules where &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt; is used.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word denoting a peron or thing whose relationship with 
 another is being expressed will be in genitive case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 1 to 11 the words expressing relationship to someone or something are in 
&lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the above rules there are few more special rules where &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt; is used. 
 Followings are the examples of these.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;12. Among Pandavas Dharmaraja (Yudhisthira) is best.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पाण्डवानां धर्मराजः ज्येष्ठः &lt;br /&gt; paaNDavaanaa.n dharmaraajaH jyeShThaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Comparision in group.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;13. Among trees coconut is the best.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वृक्षाणां नालिकेरः श्रेष्ठः &lt;br /&gt; vRRikshaaNaa.n naarikeraH shreShThaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;14. There is no comparision of Arjuna.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अर्जुनस्य तुला नास्ति  &lt;br /&gt; arjunasya tulaa naasti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Use of words तुला (tulaa), उपमा (upamaa) etc., 
for comparision.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;15. Beauty of Rama.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रामस्य उपमा &lt;br /&gt; raamasya upamaa&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;16. To the south of the school huge banayan tree is there.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;विद्यालयस्य दक्षिणात् एकः महान् वटवृक्षः &lt;br /&gt; vidyaalayasya dakshiNaat ekaH mahaan vaTavRRikshaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Expressins direction or location in relation to another 
using words पुरः (puraH), पुरस्तात् (purastaat), पुरतः (purataH), अग्रतः (agrataH), पृष्ठतः (pRRiShThataH), अधः (adhaH), 
 अधस्तात् (adhastaat) etc.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;17. In front of the teacher students are standing.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शिक्षकस्य पुरः च्छात्राः तिष्ठन्ति &lt;br /&gt; shikshakasya puraH chchhaatraaH tiShThanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;18. Child is playing behind mother.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मातुः पुरस्तात् शिशुः क्रीडति &lt;br /&gt; maatuH purastaat shishuH kriiiDati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;19. Water flows below ground.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;भूमेः अधस्तात्/अधः जलं बर्त्तते &lt;br /&gt; bhuumeH adhastaat/adhaH jala.n barttate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;20.To the north of the village hospital is there.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;ग्रामस्य उत्तरात् चिकित्सालयः अस्ति &lt;br /&gt; graamasya uttaraat chikitsaalayaH asti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If a comparision in a group is being made then the word 
 expressing the group will be in genitive case (or alternatively in locative case).
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 13 above the sentence means - coconut tree is best &quot;among the trees&quot;. So, the word
trees is in &lt;i&gt;genetive case&lt;/i&gt; (or alternatively &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt;) as it represents
the group in which coconut tree is best. Similarly in sentence 12 the word &quot;pandavas&quot; is in 
&lt;i&gt;genetive case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If words तुला (tulaa), उपमा (upamaa) etc., expressing comparision are used
 then word expressing the person or thing being compared will be in genitive case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 14 the word &quot;Arjuna&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt; as this is being compared with the use of 
word तुला or &lt;i&gt;tulaa&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 15 also follows the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If the words पुरः (puraH), पुरस्तात् (purastaat), पुरतः (purataH), 
 अग्रतः (agrataH), पृष्ठतः (pRRiShThataH), अधः (adhaH), अधस्तात् (adhastaat) etc.,
 are used to express direction or location of an object in relation to another, 
 the word expressing the object will be in genitive case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 16 the word south or दक्षिणात् (dakshiNaat) is used to express location of
the banayan tree in relation to the school. So, the word school is in &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt;.
Similarly in sentence 18 the word behind or पुरस्तात् (purastaat) expresses the location
of the child in relation to mother. So, the word mother is in &lt;i&gt;genitive case&lt;/i&gt;.

Sentences 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Genitive Case (षष्ठी विभक्ति / ShaShThii vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt; शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt; लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt; बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालस्य &lt;br /&gt; baalasya&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालयोः &lt;br /&gt; baalayoH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालानाम् &lt;br /&gt; baalaanaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतायाः &lt;br /&gt; lataayaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतयोः &lt;br /&gt; latayoH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतानाम् &lt;br /&gt; lataanaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्याः &lt;br /&gt; nadyaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; nadiibhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीनाम् &lt;br /&gt; nadiinaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलस्य &lt;br /&gt; phalasya&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलयोः &lt;br /&gt; phalayoH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलानाम् &lt;br /&gt; phalaanaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/genitive-case-shashthii-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-4519559928628713121</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:39:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:39:00.235-07:00</atom:updated><title>Ablative Case / पञ्चमी विभक्ति (paJNchamii vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Ablative Case 
or पञ्चमी विभक्ति (paJNchamii vibhakti) of noun-form represents the &quot;from whom/what&quot; of the sentence. In 
other words &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt; represents the &lt;i&gt;ablative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentense.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;.


&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;1. Leaf fell from the tree.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वृक्षात् पर्णं/पत्रं अपतत् &lt;br /&gt; vRRikshaat parNa.n / patra.m apatat&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;The words tree (वृक्ष / vRRiksha),  tree (तरु / taru) 
and horse (अश्व / ashva) represent the source of separation.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;2. Fruits are falling from the trees.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;फलानि तरुभ्यः पतन्ति &lt;br /&gt; phalaani tarubhyaH patanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;3. He fall from the running horse.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः धावतः अश्वात् पतितः &lt;br /&gt; saH dhaavataH ashvaat patitaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;4. I am coming from the school.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं विद्यालयात् आगच्छामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n vidyaalayaat aagachchhaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The words school (विद्यालय / vidyaalaya) and heaven (स्वर्ग / svarga) 
represent the source of coming or going.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;5. Gods come from heaven.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;देवताः स्वर्गात् आगछन्ति &lt;br /&gt; devataaH svargaat aagachchhanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentence 1 above, if we ask the question &quot;leaf fell from what?&quot;, the answer that comes is &quot;the tree&quot;.
So, &quot;tree&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;ablative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and the noun-form is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt; or
&lt;i&gt;paJNchamii vibhakti&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 4, if we ask the question &quot;where am I coming from?&quot;, 
the answer that comes is &quot;school&quot;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, answer to the question &quot;from whom/what/where&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;ablative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and is 
always in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. The &lt;i&gt;verb-form&lt;/i&gt; is independent of the &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt; or वचन (vachana) 
of the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt;. Followings are the rules where &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt; is
used.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When an object is separated from another the word expressing the 
 object from which the separation happened will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentence 1, 2 and 3 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When someone or something is coming from a place the word expressing 
 the source will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentence 4 and 5 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the above rules there are few more special rules where &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt; is used. 
Followings are the examples of these.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;6. Waterfall is flowing from the mountain.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;निर्झरः गिरेः स्रवति &lt;br /&gt; nirjharaH gireH sravati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The words mountain (गिरि / giri) and 
Himalayas (हिमवत / himavata) represent the origin or source.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;7. (River) Ganges flows from Himalayas.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;हिमवतः गङ्गा प्रभहति &lt;br /&gt; himavataH gaN^gaat prabhahati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;8. Animal fears tiger.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मृगः व्याघ्रात् विभेति &lt;br /&gt; mRRigaH byaaghraat vibheti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;The words tiger (व्याघ्र/ byaaghraat), lion (सिंह/ si.nha) 
and police (आरक्षक / aarakshaka) are the sources of fear.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;9. Deer fears tiger.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;हरिणः व्याघ्रात् त्रस्यति &lt;br /&gt; hariNaH vyaaghraat trasyati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;10. Elephants fear lion.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गजाः सिंहात् त्रस्यन्ति &lt;br /&gt; gajaaH si.nhaat trasyanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;11. Thief fears police.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;चौरः आरक्षकात् विभेति &lt;br /&gt; chauraH aarakshakaat vibheti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;12. Police protects from thief.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;आरक्षकः चौरात् त्रायते / रक्षते &lt;br /&gt; aarakshakaH chauraat traayate / rakshate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;The words thief (चौर / chaura), hell (नरकभय / narakabhaya) 
and enemy (शत्रू / shatruu) represent things from which protected.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;13. Good work protects from fear of hell.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;साधितं तु धर्मकार्यं त्रायते नरकभयात् &lt;br /&gt; saadhita.n tu dharmakaarya.n traayate narakabhayaat.&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;14. Solders protect citizens from enemies.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सैनिकाः शत्रुभ्यः नागरिकान् रक्षन्ते &lt;br /&gt; sainikaaH shatrubhyaH naagarikaan rakshante &lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;15. He accepts defeat from study.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः अध्ययनात् पराजयते &lt;br /&gt; saH adhyanaaat paraajayate.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Use of word परा + जयते (paraa + jayate) to express defeat. &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;16. Good people accept defeat from sin.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;धार्मिकः पपात् पराजयते &lt;br /&gt; dhaarmikaH paapaat paraajayate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;17. He is baring the cows from paddy.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः धानेभ्यः गां वारयति &lt;br /&gt; saH dhaanebhyaH gaa.n vaarayati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The words paddy (धान / dhaana) and sin (पाप / paapa) 
are things from which restrained.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;18. Bars from sin and employs in merit.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पापन्निवारयति योजयते हिताय &lt;br /&gt; paapannivaarayaati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;19. Krishna is hiding from mother.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कृष्णः मातुः निलीयते &lt;br /&gt; kRRiShNaH maatuH niliiyate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The words mother (मातृ / maatRRi) and teacher (गुरु / guru) 
represent someone from whom hiding.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;20. Student is hiding from teacher.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;च्छात्रः गुरुः निलीयते &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatraH guruH niliiyate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;21. Gauri does not read due to lazyness.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गौरी आलस्यात् न पठति &lt;br /&gt; gaurii aalasyaat n apaThati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;The word lazyness or आलस्य (aalasya) represents the cause of something.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;22. Fruit is created from flower.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पुष्पात् फलं प्रजायते &lt;br /&gt; pueHpaat phalam parajaayate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The words flower (पुष्प / pueHpa) and lotus (पद्म / padma) 
are sources of creation.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;23. Honey is created from lotus.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पद्मात् मधु प्रजायते &lt;br /&gt; padmaat madhu prajaayate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;24. Good people hate sin.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;धार्मिकः पापात् जुगुप्सते &lt;br /&gt; dhaarmikaH papaat jugupsate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Use of verbs like hate (जुगुप्सते / jugupsate), 
escapes (विरमति / viramati) etc., expressing hate or dislike.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;25. He escapes from reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः पठनात् विरमति &lt;br /&gt; saH paThanaat viramati.&lt;/td&gt;
         
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;26. Mango is better than Guava.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;आम्रफलं दाडिमात् श्रेष्ठम् &lt;br /&gt; aamraphala.n daaNDimaat shreShTham&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Use of superlative or comparative adjectives like
better (श्रेष्ठ / shreShTha) earlier (पूर्वः / purvaH), later (परः / paraH) etc., to compare.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;27. Kalidasa is better than Bhabhuti.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कालिदासः भवभूतेः श्रेष्ठः &lt;br /&gt; kaalidaasaH bhavabhuuteH shreShThaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;28. Lakshamana is elder to Satrughna.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;लक्ष्मणः शत्रुघ्नात् पूर्वः &lt;br /&gt; lakshamaNaH shatrughnaat puurvaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;29. Bhima is younger to Yudhisthira.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;भीमः युधिष्ठीरात् परः &lt;br /&gt; bhiimaH yudhiShThiiraat paraH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the origin or source of something
 will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Sentence 6 - the waterfall flows from the mountain. In other words the mountain is
the source of the waterfall. So, the word &quot;mountain&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. 
Sentence 7 also follows this rule. 
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the source of fear will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 9 - deer fears the tiger. In other words tiger is the source of fear. So, 
the word &quot;tiger&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 10 and 11 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing something or someone from which something or 
 someone is protected will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 12 - police protects from thief. That means thief is the thing from which 
the police protects. So, the word &quot;thief&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. 
Sentence 13 and 14 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the thing from which defeat is accepted, 
 unable to tolerate or face it, with the use of preposition or उपसर्ग (upasarga) परा before 
 the verb जयते (paraajayate) will be in ablative case. &lt;u&gt;Note&lt;/u&gt;: If defeat is accepted 
 after facing it bravely, then the word will be in accusative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 15 - word पराजयते (paraajayate) is used to express &quot;his defeat from study&quot;. In other 
words it also means - &quot;he is not able to study&quot; or &quot;he is afraid of studies&quot;. So, the word &quot;study&quot; 
is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 16 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing something from which someone or something 
 is opposed or restrained will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 17 - the cows are being restrained from paddy. So, the word &quot;paddy&quot; is
in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 18 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing someone or something from which one
 is hiding from will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 19 - Krishna is hiding from mother. So, the word &quot;mother&quot; is in 
&lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 20 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the cause of something will be in 
 ablative case.  &lt;u&gt;Note&lt;/u&gt;: If the subject is in feminine gender, then it can 
 also be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 21 - lazyness or आलस्य (aalasya) is the reason of Gauri not reading. In other 
words lazyness is the reason of &quot;not reading&quot;. So, it is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. 
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the source of creation will be 
 in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 22 - fruit is created from flower or in other words &quot;flower is the 
source of creation&quot; of fruit. So, the word &quot;flower&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. 
Sentence 23 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing something to which hate or dislike
 is expressed will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentence 24 and 25 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When superlative or comparative adjectives such like  
 श्रेष्ठः (shreShThaH), पुर्वः (purvaH), परः (paraH) etc., are used the word expressing the 
 thing to which the comparision is being made will be in ablative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 26 - mango is better than guava. So, guava is the thing from which mango is
better. Hence the word &quot;guava&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 28 - word 
&quot;earlier&quot; or पुर्वः (purvaH) is used to mean that Lakshamana is earlier to Satrughna. So, the 
word &quot;Satrughna&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;ablative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 27 and 29 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Ablative Case (पञ्चमी विभक्ति / paJNchamii vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt; शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt; लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt; बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालात् &lt;br /&gt; baalaat&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालाभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; baalaabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालेभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; baalebhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतायाः &lt;br /&gt; lataayaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; lataabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; lataabhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्याः &lt;br /&gt; nadyaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; nadiinaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; nadiibhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलात् &lt;br /&gt; phalaat&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलाभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; phalaabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलेभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; phalebhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/ablative-case-pajnchamii-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-8647054281094145625</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:38:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:38:13.002-07:00</atom:updated><title>Dative Case / चतुर्थी विभक्ति (chaturthii vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Dative Case or 
चतुर्थी विभक्ति (chaturthii vibhakti) of noun-form represents the &quot;to whom&quot; or &quot;for whom&quot; of the sentence. 
In other words &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt; represents the &lt;i&gt;dative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentense.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.


&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;1. Give rice to the beggar.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;भिक्षुकायः तण्डूलं देहि &lt;br /&gt; bhikshukaayaH taNDuula.n dehi&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;The words भिक्षुक (bhikshuka), युस्मद् (yusmad), रुग्ण (rugNa) and 
निर्धन (nirdhana) represent the person to whom something is given.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;2. I am giving prize to him.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं तस्मै पुरस्कारं ददामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n tasmai puraskaara.n dadaami&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;3. Doctor is giving medicine to the patient.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वैद्यः रुग्णाय औषधं यच्छति &lt;br /&gt; vaidyaH rugNaaya auShadha.n yachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;4. Let the rich give money to poor.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;धनिकः निर्धनाय धनं यछतु &lt;br /&gt; dhanikaH nirdhanaaya dhana.n yachhatu&lt;/td&gt;
       
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;5. The lustful person is giving money to the maid.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कामुकः दास्या संयच्छ्ते &lt;br /&gt; kaamukaH daasyaa sa.nyachchhate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Giving something to perform some imoral or indecent act. In this case 
&lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt; will be used and not &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentence 1 above, if we ask the question &quot;give rice to whom?&quot;, the answer that comes is &quot;the beggar&quot;.
So, &quot;beggar&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;dative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and the noun-form is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt; or
&lt;i&gt;chaturthii vibhakti&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 3, if we ask the question &quot;doctor gave medicine to whom?&quot;, 
the answer that comes is &quot;patient&quot;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, answers to the question &quot;to whom&quot; or &quot;for whom&quot; etc., is the &lt;i&gt;dative&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and 
is always in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. The verb form is independent of the &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt; or वचन (vachana) 
of the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the person to whom something is given will be in
 dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentence 1, 2, 3 and 4 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the person to whom something is given to perform
 some imoral or indecent act will be in instrumental case and not in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 5 the lust person is giving money to the maid in return of an immoral. So, 
the word &quot;maid&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt; instead of &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the above rules there are few special rules where &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt; is used. Followings are 
examples of these.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;6. Let the author write for the paper.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;लेखकः पत्रिकायै लेखं लिखतु &lt;br /&gt; lekhakaH patrikaayai lekha.n likhatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;The words पत्रिका (patrikaa), सुवर्णम्हार (suvarNahaara) and
धर्म (dharma) represent the things for which something is needed.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;7. Gold is for necklace.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सुवर्णम्हाराय हाटकम् &lt;br /&gt; suvarNahaaraaya haaTakam&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;8. Wife should be accepted for merit/dharma.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;धर्माय पत्नी ग्रहणीया &lt;br /&gt; dharmaaya patnii grahaNiiyaa&lt;/td&gt;
         
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;9. Wealth becomes egoism.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; ऐश्चर्यम् अह्ङ्काराय भवति &lt;br /&gt; eishcharyam ahaN^kaaraaya bhavati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;The words अह्ङ्कार (ahaN^kaara), परपिडन (parapiDana) and
परोपकार (paropakaara) represent the thing into which something else transforms.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;10. Power is to torment others.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शक्तिः परपिडनाय भवति &lt;br /&gt; shaktiH parapiDanaaya bhavati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;11. Let power be for others&#39; good.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शक्तिः परोपकाराय भवतु &lt;br /&gt; shaktiH paropakaaraaya bhavatu&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;12. Lakshmi hates the knowledgable.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;लक्ष्मीः पण्डिताय असूयति &lt;br /&gt; lakshmiiH paNDitaaya asuuyati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Use of words कृध्यति (kRRidhyati), दृह्यति (dRRihyati), ईर्ष्यति (iirShyati),
असूयति (asuuyati) etc., expressing hate or dislike.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;13. He hates the clever.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः चतुराय असूयति &lt;br /&gt; saH chaturaaya asuuyati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;14. King is angry on the enemies.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रजा शत्रुवे कृध्यति &lt;br /&gt; raajaa shatruve kRRidhayati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;15. Gopala is angry on Rama.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गोपालः रामाय दृह्यति &lt;br /&gt; gopaalaH raamaaya dRRihyati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;16. Do you like sweets?&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मोदकं तुभ्यं रोचते वा? &lt;br /&gt; modaka.n tubhya.n rochate vaa?&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;7&quot;&gt;Use of words like रोचते (rochate) etc., expressing fondness or 
liking for something.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;17. Girls like flowers.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वालिकाः पुष्पेभ्यः स्पृहयन्ति &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH puShpebhyaH spRRihayanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;18. Let everyone like knowledge.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सर्वे ज्ञानाय स्पृहयन्तु &lt;br /&gt; sarve dnyaaya spRRihayantu&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;19. Ladies like flowers.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पुष्पाणि तरुणीभ्यः रोचन्ते &lt;br /&gt; puShpaaNi taruNibhyaH rochante&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;20. I like milk.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मह्यं दुग्धं रोचते &lt;br /&gt; mahyaa.n dugdha.n rochate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;21. Child likes to play.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शिशवे क्रीडा रोचते &lt;br /&gt; shishave kriDaa rochate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;22. Who does not like sweets.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कस्मै मोदकं न स्वदते? &lt;br /&gt; kasmai modaka.n na svadate?&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;23. Salute to teacher.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गुरवे नमः &lt;br /&gt; gurave namaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Use of words like नमः (namaH), स्वस्ति (svasti), स्वाहा (svaaha), 
अलं (ala.n), बषट् (baShaT) etc. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;u&gt;Word Meanings:&lt;/u&gt;&lt;br /&gt; namaH - salute, svaaha - offered, baShaT - offered, svasti - let good happen.
&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;24. Salute to Narayana.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;नारायणाय नमः &lt;br /&gt; naaraayaNaaya namaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;25. Offered to Indra.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;इन्द्राय स्वाह &lt;br /&gt; indraaya svaaha&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;26. Offered to fire.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अग्नये बषट् &lt;br /&gt; agneya baShaT&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;27. Let good happen to all.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सर्वेभ्यः स्वस्ति &lt;br /&gt; sarvebhyaH svasti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;28. Let the guest come home.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अतिथयः गृहाय/गृहम् आगच्छन्तु &lt;br /&gt; atithayaH gRRihaaya/gRRiham aagachchhantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Word expressing the target destination for actions like
going or coming can be in &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;29. I will go to village.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं ग्रामाय / ग्रामम् गछामि &lt;br /&gt; aga.n graamaaya / graamam gachhaami&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;30. Shyama is borrowing one hundred from Rama.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;श्यामः रामाय शतं धारयति &lt;br /&gt; shyaamaH raamaaya shata.n dhaarayati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Word expressing the person from whom something 
is borrowed.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 31. I do not owe anything to anyone.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं कस्मै किञ्चित् न धारयामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n kasmai kiJNchit na dhaarayaami&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 32. (Lord Vishnu) Hari owes liberation to worshippers.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;हरिः भक्ताय मोक्षं धारयति &lt;br /&gt; hariH bhaktaaya moksha.n dhaarayati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 33. Mother is showing moon to son.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;माता पूत्राय चन्द्रं दर्शायति &lt;br /&gt; maataa puutraaya chandra.n darshayati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The person with whom the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; relates something 
through his/her action.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;34. Tell Gangadatta about me.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गङ्गदत्ताय मत् सन्देशं कथय &lt;br /&gt; gaN^gadattaaya mat sandesha.n kathaya&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressiong the purpose for which certain action is taken 
 or something is needed will be in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentence 6 above means the author should write for the paper. In other words the writing action 
is for the &quot;paper&quot;. So, paper takes the &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 7 gold is needed 
for neckless. So, neckless is in the &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 8 also follows the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the object into which another object  
 transforms will be in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 9 above - wealth turns or transforms into egoism. So, &quot;egoism&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt; 
the object into which wealth transforms. Sentence 10 and 11 also follow the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the person (or thing) against whom (or which) 
 anger or hatered is shown will be in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 12 above - Laxmi shows hatered towards the &quot;knowledgable&quot;. So, the word knowledgable 
is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 14 the King shows anger towards enemies. So, the 
word enemy is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 13 and 15 also follow the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When verbs meaning &quot;liking&quot; are used, the word expressing the 
 person to whom it is a matter of liking will be in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 17 above - girls like flowers or in other words flowers are a metter of liking
to the girls. So, &quot;girl&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 21 play is a matter 
of liking to &quot;child&quot;. So, the child is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 16, 18, 19, 20, and 22 
also follow the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When the words नमः (namaH), स्वस्ति (svasti), स्वाहा (svaahaa), अलं (ala.n) and
 बषट् (baShaT) are used the words expressing the object of their reference will be in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 23 above &quot;teacher&quot; is the object of reference of the word नमः (namaH) or salute. So, 
the word teacher or गुरु (guru) is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 24, 25, 26 and 27 also follow 
the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When verbs meaning going or coming are used the words expressing 
 the destination will be either in accusative case or dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 28 above &quot;home&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt; (or &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt;) as home is the
destination. Sentence 29 also follows the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When something is borrowed from others the person from whom the
 thing is borrowed will be in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 30 above Shyam has borrowed money from Rama. So, &quot;Rama&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.
Similarly in sentence 32 Hari (Lord Vishnu) borrows liberation or मोक्ष (moksha) from the
worshipper. So, the word भक्त (bhakta) or worshipper is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 31 
also follows the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The person with whom the subject relates something through his or 
 her action will be in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 33 above mother is showing the moon to son. In other words mother the 
&lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence with her action of showing is relating son with the 
moon. So, the word son or पुत्र (putra) is in &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Dative Case (चतुर्थी विभक्ति / chaturthii vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt;  शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt;  लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt;  एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt;  द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt;  बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt; बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालाय &lt;br /&gt; baalaaya&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालाभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; baalaabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालेभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; baalebhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतायै &lt;br /&gt; lataayai&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; lataabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; lataabhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्यै &lt;br /&gt; nadyai&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; nadiibhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; nadiibhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलाय &lt;br /&gt; phalaaya&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलाभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; phalaabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलेभ्यः &lt;br /&gt; phalebhyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/dative-case-chaturthii-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-6495406764231781134</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:37:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:37:29.274-07:00</atom:updated><title>Instrumental Case / तृतीया विभक्ति (tRRitiiya vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Instrumental Case or 
तृतीया विभक्ति (tRRitiiya vibhakti) of &lt;i&gt;noun-form&lt;/i&gt; represents the instrumental form in a sentence. The answer that 
comes from the question &quot;by what&quot; or &quot;with what&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;instrument&lt;/i&gt; in the sentense. The &lt;i&gt;instrument&lt;/i&gt; is with what 
the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; or कर्ता (kartaa) is doing something. The &lt;i&gt;instrument&lt;/i&gt; is independent of the 
&lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt; and gender of the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;.

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;1. Farmer is ploughing with plough.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कृषिवलः हलेन कर्षति &lt;br /&gt; kRRiShivalaH halena karShati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;10&quot;&gt;Here plough (हल  / hala), axe (परशु / parashu), pen (लेखनी / lekhanii), 
hand (कर / kara), teeth (दन्त / danta) and food (भोजन / bhojana), flower (पुष्प / puShpa), knowledge (विद्या / vidyaa), 
garland (माला / maalaa) are the instruments for the respective verbs and are 
in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;2. I am cutting with axe.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं परशुना खण्डयामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n parashunaa khaNDayaami&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;3. Teacher wrote using pen.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गुरवः लेखन्या अलिखन् &lt;br /&gt; guravaH lekhanyaa alikhan&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;4. You are touching with hand.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;त्वं करेण स्पृशसि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n kareNa spRRishasi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;5. Snakes bites with teeth.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सर्पः दन्तैः दशति &lt;br /&gt; sarpaH dantaiH dashati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;6. Guest is happy with food.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अतिथयः भोजनेन मोदन्ति &lt;br /&gt; atithayaH bhojanena modanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;7. Garland is made using flower.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;माला पुष्पैः भवति &lt;br /&gt; maalaa puShpaiH bhavati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;8. You live with knowledge.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;त्वं विद्यया जिवसि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n vidyayaa jivasi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;9. (I) will decorate God with garland.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मालाभिः देवम् अलङ्करोमि &lt;br /&gt; maalaabhiH devam alaN^karomi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentence 1 above, if we ask the question &quot;what is the farmer is ploughing with?&quot;, the answer that comes is 
&quot;with the plough&quot;. So, &quot;plough&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;instrument&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and the noun-form is in &lt;i&gt;instrumentsl 
case&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;tRRitiiya vibhakti&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 4, if we ask the question &quot;what are you touching 
with?&quot;, the answer that comes is &quot;with hand&quot;. In case of sentence 6, if we ask the question &quot;what is the guest 
happy with?&quot;, the answer that comes is &quot;with food&quot;. So, hand and food are in &lt;i&gt;instrunmental case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing &quot;by what&quot; or &quot;with what&quot; pertaining to the verb 
 will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentences 1 and 9 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the above rules there are some special rules where &lt;i&gt;insrtumental case&lt;/i&gt; is used. Followings are 
the examples of these.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;10. Women played with the children.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;स्त्रियः शिशुभिः सह अक्रिडन् &lt;br /&gt; striyaH shishubhiH saha akriDan&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;7&quot;&gt;Use of words सह (saha), साकम् (saakam), सार्द्धं (saarddha.n) and 
समं (sama.n)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;11. Teacher went with the students.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गुरुः च्छात्रैः साकम् अगछत् &lt;br /&gt; guruH chchhaatraiH saakam agachchhat&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;12. Sita roams with Rama.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सीता रामेण सार्धं विहरति &lt;br /&gt; siitaa raameNa saardha.n viharati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;13. Krishna came with me.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कृष्णः मया साकम् आगतवान्  &lt;br /&gt; kRRiShNaH mayaa saakam aagatavaan&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;14. Gopal went with him. &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;तेन साकं गोपालः गतः &lt;br /&gt; tena saaka.n gopaalaH gataH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;15. Friendship with evil not worth.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;दुर्जनेन सह मैत्री न कर्त्तव्या &lt;br /&gt; durjanena sa maitrii na karttavyaa&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;16. You will go with me.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;त्वं मया सह/साकं/सम्सं/सार्द्धं गमिष्यसि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n mayaa saha/saaka.n/samsa.n/saardsha.n gamiShyasi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;17. Without effort knowledge is not achievable.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;श्रमेण विना विद्या न लभ्यते &lt;br /&gt; shrameNa vinaa vidyaa na labhyate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Use of words अन्तरेण (antareNa) and विना (vinaa).&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;18. Without water life is impossible.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;जलेन अन्तरेण जीवनम् असम्भवम् &lt;br /&gt; jalena antareNa jiivanam asambhavam&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;19. What is life without knowledge.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;विद्यां विना जीवनेन किम् &lt;br /&gt; vidyaa.n vinaa jiivanam kim&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;20. He is blind with eyes.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः अक्ष्णा काणः &lt;br /&gt; saH akshNaa kaaNaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;The words - eyes (लोचन / lochana), ears (कर्ण / karNa) and 
foot (पाद / paada) are expressing lameness of organ or body part.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;21. What shall mirror do to one without eyes.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;लोचनाभ्या विहिनस्य दर्पणः किं करिष्यति &lt;br /&gt; lochanabhyaa vihinasya darpaNaH ki.n kariShyati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;22. He is deaf with ears.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः कर्णाभ्यां वधिरः &lt;br /&gt; saH karNaabhyaa.n vadhiraH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;23. He is lame with foot.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः पादेन खञ्जः &lt;br /&gt; saH paadena khaJNjaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;24. Rama is naughty by nature.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रामः प्रकृत्या / स्वाभावेन चपलः &lt;br /&gt; raamaH prakRRityaa / svaabhavena chapalaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;11&quot;&gt;The words - nature (प्रकृति / prakRRiti), nature (स्वाभाव / svaabhava), 
speedily (वेग / vega), happily (सुख / sukha), face (अकॄति / aakRRiti), normally (प्राय / praaya), 
quickly (लीलया / liilayaa), quickly (त्वरया / tvarayaa), queue (क्रम / krama), caste (जाति / jaati) and 
wish (स्वेच्छा / svechchhaa) are expressing nature or characteristics.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;25. He is running speedily.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः वेगेन धावति &lt;br /&gt; saH vegena dhaavati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;26. Rama is living happily.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रामः सुखेन तिष्ठति &lt;br /&gt; raamaH sukhena tiShThati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;27. Named Rama&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;नाम्ना रामः &lt;br /&gt; naamnaa raamaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;28. The girl is beautiful by face.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वालिका अकॄत्या चारुः &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa akRRityaa chaaruH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;29. Simple by nature.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;स्वाभावेन सरलः &lt;br /&gt; svaabhaavena saralaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;30. Haunters are normally poor.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शवराः प्रायेण दरिद्राः &lt;br /&gt; shavaraaH praayeNa daridraaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;31. Let the boy go quickly.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;बालः लीलया / वेगेन / त्वरया गच्छतु &lt;br /&gt; baalaH liilayaa / vegena / tvarayaa gachchhatu&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;32. They came in one queue.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;एकेन क्रमेण आगच्छत &lt;br /&gt; ekena krameNa aagachchhata&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;33. I am kshatriya (warrior) by caste.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं जात्या क्षत्रिय &lt;br /&gt; aha.n jaatyaa kshatriya&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;34. Boys are roaming by their wish.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;बालकाः स्वेच्छया भ्रमन्ति &lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH svechchhayaa bhramanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;35. Rama is younger to you by one year.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रामः त्वत् वर्षेण अबरः &lt;br /&gt; raamaH tvat varSheNa abaraH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Use of words elder (पूर्वः / puurvaH), younger (अवरः / avaraH) and 
        younger (परः / paraH) to compare age. &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;36. Gopala is younger to Shyama by a month.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गोपालः श्यामात् मासेन परः &lt;br /&gt; gopaalaH shyaamaat maasena paraH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;37. He is elder to me by a month.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः मत् मासेन पूर्वः &lt;br /&gt; saH mat maasena puurvaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;38. Sage by matted lock.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;जटाभिः तापसः &lt;br /&gt; jaTaabhiH taapasaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Use of words matted-lock (जटा / jaTaa), sacred-thread (उपवित / upavita) 
as mark of identification.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;39. Brahmin by sacred-thread?&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;उपवितेन व्राह्मणं&lt;br /&gt; upavitena vraahmaNa.n&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;40. Body shivers due to cold.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शीतेन शरीरम् कम्पते &lt;br /&gt; shiitena shariiram kampate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;The words - cold (शीत / shiita), sadness (दुःख / duHkha), 
merit (पुण्य / puNya), fever (ज्वर / jvara) and hunger (क्षुधा / kshudhaa)
are expressing the cause or reason of something.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;41. He is heart broken due to sadness.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;दुःखेन सः भग्नहृदियः &lt;br /&gt; duHkhena saH bhagnahRRidiyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;42. Hari is seen through merit.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पुण्येन दृष्टः हरिः &lt;br /&gt; puNyena dRRiShTaH hariH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;43. He is suffering due to fever.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः ज्वरेण पीडितः &lt;br /&gt; saH jvareNa piiDitaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;44. He is crying due to hunger.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः क्षुधया क्रन्दति &lt;br /&gt; saH kshudhayaa krandati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;45. I have need of study.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मम पाठेन प्रयोजनम् &lt;br /&gt; mama paaThena prayojanam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Use of words प्रयोजनम् (prayojanam), किम् (kim) and अलम् (alam)
to express the need or necessity of something.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;46. What is the need of quarreling?&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कलहेन किम्? &lt;br /&gt; kalahena kim?&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;47. Quarrelling is waste.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;विवादेन अलम् &lt;br /&gt; vivaadena alam&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;48. Do not have need in wealth?&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;धनेन प्रयोजनं नास्ति? &lt;br /&gt; dhanena prayojana.n naasti?&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;49. Less by knowledge.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;ज्ञानेन हीनः &lt;br /&gt; dnyaanena hiinaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Use of words - हीनः (hiinaH), शून्यः (shuunyaH) and ऊनः (uunaH)
to express lack of something.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;50. Less by wealth.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;धनेन शून्यः &lt;br /&gt; dhanena shuunyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;51. He is less by wealth.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः धनेन ऊनः/शून्यः/हीनः &lt;br /&gt; saH dhanena uunaH / shuunyaH / hiinaH&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;52. The temple was built in a year.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मन्दिरं वर्षेण निर्मितं अभवत्&lt;br /&gt; mandira.n varSheNa nirmita.n abhavat&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The words - year (वर्ष / varSha) and month (मास / maasa)
represent the time taken to achieve some result.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;53. Rama read Sanskrit in a month.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रामः मासेन संस्कृतम् अपठत् &lt;br /&gt; raamaH maasena sa.nskRRitam apaThat&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;54. I bought the book with five coins.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं पञ्चमुद्राभिः पुस्तकम् क्रीतवान् &lt;br /&gt; aha.n paJNchamudraabhiH pustakam kriitavaan&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;The words - five coins (पञ्चमुद्रा / paJNchamudraa)and ten coins 
(दशचमुद्रा / dashamudraa) are representing the value or cost of something.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;55. He bought the toy with ten coins.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सः दशचमुद्राभिः क्रीडनकं क्रीतवान् &lt;br /&gt; saH dashamudraabhiH kriiDanaka.n kriitavaan&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;56. The lustful person is giving money to the maid.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कामुकः दास्या संयच्छ्ते &lt;br /&gt; kaamukaH daasyaa sa.nyachchhate&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Giving something to perform some imoral or indecent act. In this case 
&lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt; will be used and not &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;57. Rama is going on a different rout.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रामः अनेन मार्गेण गच्छति &lt;br /&gt; raamaH anenna maargeNa gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;The word - path (मार्ग / maarga) is representing the path followed.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If the indeclinables सह (saha), साकम् (saakam), सार्द्धं (saarddha.n),
 समं (sama.n) etc., meaning with or along with, are used then the words governed by these 
 will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 7 - the word सह (saha) is used to express that the women played with the 
children. So, the word &quot;children&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case.&lt;/i&gt; 
Sentences 10 and 16 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If the words अन्तरेण (antareNa) or विना (vinaa) meaning without 
 are used the words governed by it will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 17 - the word &quot;effort&quot; or श्रम  (shrama) is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt; as the 
word अन्तरेण (antareNa) is used to express that without effort knowledge can not be achieved. 
Sentences 18 and 19 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If any word expressing lameness in any organ or body part is 
 used then the word representing the organ or body part will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 20 - the word &quot;eyes&quot; or अक्ष्णा (akshNaa) is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt; as this is 
the organ that has the lameness. Sentences 21, 22 and 23 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the nature or characteristics of someone 
 or something will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 24 the word &quot;nature&quot; represents a characteristics of Rama. So, the word &quot;nature&quot; or 
स्वाभाव (svaabhava) is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 25 the word &quot;speedily&quot; is 
an attribute or characteristics of him running. Hence the word speedily or वेग (vega) is in 
&lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. In sentence 33 also the word caste or जाति (jaati) represents an attribute 
about me. So this word is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;.
Sentences 24 to 34 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If words like पूर्वः (puurvaH), परः (paraH), अवरः (avaraH) etc., are used 
 to express a comparision in time then the word expressing the sense of time will be in 
 instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 35 the word &quot;younger&quot; or परः (paraH) is used to compare time or age, and &quot;year&quot; 
or वर्ष (varsHa) is the word expressing the sense of time. So, the word &quot;year&quot; is in 
&lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentences 36 and 37 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing any mark of identification of a 
 person will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 38 - sage is identified by &quot;matted lock&quot; or जटा (jaTaa). In other words 
&quot;matted lock&quot; is the identification symbol to identify a sage. So, the word &quot;matted lock&quot; 
is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentences 39 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the cause of something will be in 
 instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 40 &quot;cold&quot; is the reason for which body shivers. So, the word &quot;cold&quot; or 
शीत (shiita) is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly, in sentence 41 &quot;sadness&quot; is 
the reason for his broken heart. Hence the word दुःख (duHkha) is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. 
Sentences 42, 43 and 44 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If words like  अलम् (alam), किं (ki.n), प्रयोजनम् (prayojanam) etc., 
 are used to express a &quot;sense of need or necessity&quot; then the word representing the 
 thing which is needed will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 45 &quot;study is what I have need for&quot;. So, the word study or पाठ (paaTha) is in 
&lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 47 - &quot;quarrelling is waste&quot; also means 
there is no need or necessity of quarrelling. Hence the word quarrelling or विवाद (vivaada) 
is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;.  Sentences 46 and 48 also follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If words like हीन (hiina), शून्य (shuunya),  ऊनः etc., are used to 
    mean lack of something of something, then the words governed by these will be in 
    instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 49 - there is a lack of &quot;knowledge&quot; or ज्ञान (dnyaana). Similarly in sentence 50 
there is a lack of &quot;wealth&quot; or धन (dhana). So, thes words are in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. 
Sentence 51 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If the sentencec means achievement of some result after 
 some time then the word expressing the time will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 52 the temple was built in a year. In other words the result was achieved 
in a year. The word &quot;year&quot; is expressing the time after which the result was achieved.  
So, the word &quot;year&quot; or वर्ष (varSha) is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentence 53 also 
follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the value or cost of something
 will be in instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 54 &quot;five coins&quot; express the cost or value of the book. So, it is in 
&lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 55 &quot;ten coins&quot; is the cost of the 
toy. So,  &quot;ten coins&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: The word expressing the person to whom something is given to perform
 some imoral or indecent act will be in instrumental case and not in dative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 56 the lust person is giving money to the maid in return of an immoral. So, 
the word &quot;maid&quot; is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt; instead of &lt;i&gt;dative case&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: Word expressing the path that is followed will be in 
 instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 57 the word &quot;rout&quot; or मार्ग (maarga) is in &lt;i&gt;instrumental case&lt;/i&gt; as it 
represents the path that is being followed or taken.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Instrumental Case (तृतीया विभक्ति / tRRitiiyaa vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt;  शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt;  लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt;  एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt;  द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt;  बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt; बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालेन &lt;br /&gt; baalena&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालाभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; baalaabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालैः &lt;br /&gt; baalaiH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लतया &lt;br /&gt; latayaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; lataabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताभिः &lt;br /&gt; lataabhiH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्या &lt;br /&gt; nadyaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; nadiibhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीभिः &lt;br /&gt; nadiibhiH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलेन &lt;br /&gt; phalena&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलाभ्याम् &lt;br /&gt; phalaabhyaam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलैः &lt;br /&gt; phalaiH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/instrumental-case-trritiiya-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-7113867674176739249</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:30:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:30:26.791-07:00</atom:updated><title>Accusative Case / द्वितीया विभक्ति (dvitiiyaa vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Accusative Case or 
द्वितीया विभक्ति (dvitiiyaa vibhakti) of noun-form represents the &quot;to what&quot; or &quot;to whom&quot; of the sentence. In other 
words &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; represents the &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt; or कर्म (karmaa) in the sentence.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in  &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt;.

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;1. The painter is painting a portrait.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;चित्रकारः चित्रं लिखति &lt;br /&gt; chitrakaaraH chitra.n likhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;8&quot;&gt;In these sentences portrait (चित्र  / chitra), wood (काष्ठ / kaaShTha), 
songs (पद्य / padya), city (नगरी / nagarii), stanza (श्लोक / shloka), permission (अनुमति / anumati), 
school (विद्यालय / vidyaalaya) and book (पुस्तक  / pustaka) are &lt;i&gt;objects&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;2. The carpenter is chopping wood.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;तक्षकः काष्ठं तक्षति &lt;br /&gt; takshakaH kaaShTha.n takshati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;3. Poets are writing songs.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कवयः पद्यानि लिखन्ति &lt;br /&gt; kavayaH padyaani likhanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;4. Enemies are attacking the city.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;शत्रवः नगरीम् आक्रामन्ति &lt;br /&gt; shatravaH nagariim aakraamanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;5. Studetns are singing the stanzas.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;च्छात्राः श्लोकान् गायन्ति &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatraaH shlokaan gaayanti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;6. Commette gave the permission.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;समिति अनुमतिम् अयच्छत् &lt;br /&gt; samiti anumatim ayachchhat&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;7. Boy is going to school.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;बालः विद्यालम् गच्छति  &lt;br /&gt; baalaH vidyaalayam gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;8. Girl is reading the book.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वाला पुस्तकम् पठति  &lt;br /&gt; vaalaa pustakam paThati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentence 1 above, if we ask the question &quot;what is the painter painting?&quot;, the answer that comes is 
&quot;the portrait&quot;. So, &quot;portrait&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and the noun-form is in &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; or 
&lt;i&gt;dvitiiyaa vibhakti&lt;/i&gt;. Similarly in sentence 6, if we ask the question &quot;what did the commette gave?&quot;, the answer 
that comes is &quot;permission&quot;. In case of sentence 7, if we ask the question &quot;where is the boy going to?&quot;, the 
answer that comes is &quot;school&quot;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, answer to the question &quot;to what&quot;, &quot;to whom&quot; or &quot;to where&quot; etc., is the &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and is 
always in &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt;. The verb form is independent of the &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt; or वचन (vachana) of 
the &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: In active voice sentences the object always inaccusative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the above rule there are few special rules where &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; is used. Followings are 
examples of these.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;9. Tigress lives in the forest.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;व्याघ्री वनम् अधितिष्ठति / अधिवसति&lt;br /&gt; vyaaghrii vanam adhitiShThati / adhivasati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Verbs तिष्ठति (tiShThati) and वसति (vasati) prefixed with prepositions 
(उपसर्ग / upasarga) अधि (adhi) or उप (upa).&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;10. Parvati lives in the Himalays.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पार्वती कैलासगिरीम् अधिवसति &lt;br /&gt; paarvatii kailaasagiriim adhivasati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;11. Rama lives in village.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;रामः ग्रामं उपवसति/अधिवसति &lt;br /&gt; raamaH graama.n upavasati / adhivasati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;12. Around the Himalayas there are forests.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;हिमालयम् अभितः अरण्यानि सन्ति &lt;br /&gt; himaalayam abhitaH araNyaani santi&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;8&quot;&gt;Use of indeclinable अभितः (abhitaH), उभयतः (ubhayataH), समया (samayaa), 
निकषा (nikaShaa), अन्तरा (antaraa) and परितः (paritaH) to represent location.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;13. Inside the pond there is a temple.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सरोवरं अन्तरा मन्दिरं अस्ति &lt;br /&gt; sarovara.n antaraa mandira.n asti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;14. Around the house there is a wall.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गृहं परितः प्राचीरं अस्ति &lt;br /&gt; gRRiha.n paritaH praachiira.n asti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;15. Near the school there is a garden.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;विद्यालयं निकषा उद्यानं अस्ति &lt;br /&gt; vidyaalaya.n nikaShaa udyaana.n asti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;16. Both side of river there are hills.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;नदीं उभयतः सोपानानि सन्ति &lt;br /&gt; nadii.n ubhayataH sopaanaani santi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;17. Inside the pond there are blue lotuses.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सरोवरं अन्तरा नीलोत्पलानि सन्ति &lt;br /&gt; sarovara.n antaraa niilotpalaani santi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;18. Near the school there are shops.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;विद्यालयं समया आपणाः सन्ति &lt;br /&gt; vidyaalaya.n samayaa aapaNaaH santi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;19. Solders went on both sides of the road.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सैनिकाः मार्गम् उभयतः अगच्छत् &lt;br /&gt; sainikaaH maargam ubhayataH agachchhat&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;20. Behind father son is going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पितरं अनु पुत्रः गच्छति &lt;br /&gt; pitara.n anu putraH gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Use of indeclinable अनु (anu), उपयुपरि (upayupari), अध्यधि (adhyaaghi), 
अधोधः (adhodhaH) representing before, after, above, towards top location.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;21. There are many fruits above (on top of) the tree.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वृक्षं उपयुपरि वहुनि फलानि सन्ति &lt;br /&gt; vRRiksha.n upayupari vahuni phalaani santi&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;22. The girl is singing beautifully.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वालिका मधुरं गायति &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa madhura.n gaayati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Use of &lt;i&gt;verbal adjective&lt;/i&gt; or क्रियाविशेषण (kriyaavisheShaNa).&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;23. The boy is looking with surprise.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;बालः साश्चर्यम् पश्यति &lt;br /&gt; baalaH saashcharyam pashyati&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;24. It is raining everywhere in the country.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;देशं सर्वतः वर्षा भवन्ति &lt;br /&gt; desha.n sarvataH varShaa bhavanti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Expressing spread of time or space.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;25. Madhu read grammar for a month.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मधुः मासं व्याकरणं पठितवान् &lt;br /&gt; madhuH maasa.n vyaakaraNa.n paThitavaan&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;26. The mountain spreads two yojanas.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गिरिः द्वियोजनं वर्त्तते &lt;br /&gt; giriH dviyojana.n varttate&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;27. Without teacher there is no knowledge.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गुरुं विना विद्या नास्ति &lt;br /&gt; guru.n vinaa vidyaa naasti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Use of indeclinable विना (vinaa), ऋते (RRite) etc.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;28. Go upto home.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गृहं यावत् गच्छ &lt;br /&gt; gRRiha.n yaavat gachchha&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Use of words प्रति (prati), यावत् (yaavat) etc.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;29. Tiger is running towards the goat.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;व्याघ्रः छागं प्रति धावति&lt;br /&gt; vyaagraH chhaaga.n prati dhaavati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;30. Fie on fool.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;मुर्खं धिक् &lt;br /&gt; murkha.n dhik&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;Use of word धिक्  dhik.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If the verbs तिष्ठति (tiShThati) and वसति (vasati) meaning lives or stays are prefixed 
 with the preposition (उपसर्ग / upasarga) अधि (adhi) or उप (upa), then the word expressing the location 
 will follow accusative case instade of locative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 9 above the answer to question &quot;where does tigress live?&quot; should be &quot;in the forest&quot;. The noun-form 
should be in &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt; i.e., वने (vane). However since the verb वसति (vasati) is prefixed with preposition अधि 
(adhi) the &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; वनम् (vanam) is used instade of &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt;.
Sentence 10 and 11 follow the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If the indeclinables अभितः (abhitaH), उभयतः (ubhayataH), समया (samayaa), 
 निकषा (nikaShaa), अन्तरा (antaraa) and परितः (paritaH) etc., are in use then the word expressing location 
 will be in accusative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 12 above the answer to question &quot;where are the forests?&quot; should be &quot;around Himalayas&quot;. Similarly 
in sentence 13 if we ask the question &quot;where is the temple?&quot;, the answer will be &quot;inside the pond&quot;. However 
in these case &lt;i&gt;indeclinables&lt;/i&gt; अभितः (abhitaH) and परितः  (paritaH) are used to express the location. 
Hence the words expressing the location (Himalayas and pond) are in &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt;. Sentences 
12, 13, 14, 15, 15, 17, 18 and 19 follow the same rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When indeclinables अनु (anu), उपयुपरि (upayupari), अध्यधि (adhyaadhi) etc., are 
 used, words governed by these will be in accusative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentences 20 and 21 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: Verbal Adjective (क्रियाविशेषण / kriyaavisheShaNa) expressing the 
 characteristic or attribute of the verb in the sentence will be in accusative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 22 above if the question is asked &quot;how is the girl singing?&quot; the answer that comes is &quot;beautifully&quot;. 
Here beautifully is an attribute or &lt;i&gt;verbal adjective&lt;/i&gt; for the verb &quot;singing&quot;. Since the word beautifully 
is a &lt;i&gt;verbal adjective&lt;/i&gt; or क्रियाविशेषण (kriyaavisheShaNa) it is in &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt;. 
Sentence 23 also follows this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When a word represents a spread of time or space then it takes the accusative 
 form.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 24 above the word &quot;everywhere&quot; expresses a spread of space. So, the word country has taken the
&lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; देशं (desha.n) instead of &lt;i&gt;locative case&lt;/i&gt; देशे (deshe). Similarly in sentence 25
&quot;for a month&quot; expresses a span of time. So, the word month has taken the &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; मासं (maasa.n).
Sentence 26 follow this rule as it expresses a span of space.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When words विना (vinaa) or ऋते (RRite) meaning &quot;without&quot; is used, 
 words governed by it will be in accusative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 27 the word गुरु (guru) is in &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; as the indeclinable विना (vinaa) is in use. 
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: If the words प्रति (prati) and यावत् (yaavat) are in use then the words 
 governed by these will be in accusative case.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sentences 28 and 29 follow this rule.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: When word धिक् (dhik) is used, words governed by it will be in 
 accusative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sentence 30 the word मुर्ख (murkha) is in &lt;i&gt;accusative case&lt;/i&gt; as the word धिक् (dhik) is in use. 
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Accusative Case (द्वितीया विभक्ति / dvitiiyaa vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt; शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt; लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt; बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालम् &lt;br /&gt; baalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालौ &lt;br /&gt; baalau&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालान् &lt;br /&gt; baalaan&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताम् &lt;br /&gt; lataam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लते &lt;br /&gt; late&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताः &lt;br /&gt; lataaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीम् &lt;br /&gt; nadiim&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्यौ &lt;br /&gt; nadau&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदीः &lt;br /&gt; nadiiH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलम् &lt;br /&gt; phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फले &lt;br /&gt; phale&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलानि &lt;br /&gt; phalaani&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/accusative-case-dvitiiyaa-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-1793939938059563127</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:25:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:25:37.311-07:00</atom:updated><title>Nominative Case / प्रथमा विभक्ति (prathamaa vibhakti)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
Nominative Case or प्रथमा विभक्ति 
(prathamaa vibhakti) represents the noun-form to represent the &quot;who&quot; or &quot;what&quot; on the &lt;i&gt;verb&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence. In 
other words &lt;i&gt;nominative case&lt;/i&gt; represents the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; or कर्ता (kartaa) of the sentence.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following sentences. These are in  &lt;i&gt;nominative case&lt;/i&gt;. In the previous chapters we 
have already come across these sentence formations. These are mentioned again for completness.

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; width=&quot;25%&quot;&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;1. The boy is going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;बालः गच्छति &lt;br /&gt;baalaH gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;2. Poet is writing.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;कविः लिखति &lt;br /&gt;kaviH likhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;3. Teachers are speaking.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;गुरवः वदन्ति &lt;br /&gt;guravaH vadanti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;4. Girl is reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;वाला पठति &lt;br /&gt;vaalaa paThati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;5. River is flowing.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;नदी वहति &lt;br /&gt;nadii vahati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;6. I am asking.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;अहं पृच्छामि &lt;br /&gt;aha.n pRRichchhaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;7. Sita is singing.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;सीता गायति &lt;br /&gt;siitaa gaayati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;&quot;&gt;8. Fruit is falling.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;फलं पतति &lt;br /&gt;phala.n patati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; rowspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Words like - fruit (फल / phala), vehicle (यान / yaana), book (पुस्तक / pustaka), 
water (जल / jala) and flower (पुष्प / puShpa) etc., are of neuter gender. They have the same noun-form or 
shabdarupa as boy (बाल / baala) except the nominative and accusative cases which have slightly different forms. 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer फल (phala) shabda below for the &lt;i&gt;nominative case&lt;/i&gt; forms of these.&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;9. Vehicle is moving.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;यानं चलति &lt;br /&gt; yaana.n chalati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;10. The book is there.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पुस्तकम् अस्ति  &lt;br /&gt; pustakam asti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;11. There is no water.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;जलं नास्ति &lt;br /&gt; jala.n naasti&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;12. Flower is blooming.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;पुष्पं विकसति &lt;br /&gt; puShpa.n vikasati&lt;/td&gt;
        
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentence 1 above, if we ask the question &quot;who is going?&quot;, the answer that comes is &quot;boy&quot;. So, boy is the 
&lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; in the sentence and the noun-form is in &lt;i&gt;nominative case&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;prathamaa vibhakti&lt;/i&gt;. 
Similarly in sentence 8, if we ask the question &quot;what is falling?&quot;, the answer that comes 
is &quot;fruit&quot;. In this fruit is the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, answer to the question &quot;who&quot; or &quot;what&quot; is the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; of the sentence and is always in &lt;i&gt;nominative case&lt;/i&gt;. 
The verb form follows the &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt; or वचन (vachana) of the noun. The followings are few rules where the &lt;i&gt;nominative case&lt;/i&gt; 
must be used as the noun-form.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: In active voice statements the subject in the sentence is always in nominative case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
 &lt;u&gt;Grammatical Rule&lt;/u&gt;: In passive voice statements the object follows the nominative case. The subject follows the 
 instrumental case.
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Nominative Case (प्रथमा विभक्ति / prathamaa vibhakti)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Word &lt;br /&gt; शब्द &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Gender &lt;br /&gt; लिङ्ग &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्विवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; बहुवचन&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Similar Words&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Boy &lt;br /&gt;बाल / baala&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;M - पुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालः &lt;br /&gt; baalah&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालौ &lt;br /&gt; baalau&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालाः &lt;br /&gt; baalaaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Creeper &lt;br /&gt; लता / lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लता &lt;br /&gt; lataa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लते &lt;br /&gt; late&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;लताः &lt;br /&gt; lataaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;River &lt;br /&gt; नदी / nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;F - स्त्री&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नदी &lt;br /&gt; nadii&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्यौ &lt;br /&gt; nadau&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;नद्यः &lt;br /&gt; nadyaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Fruit &lt;br /&gt; फलम् / phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N - नपुं&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलम् &lt;br /&gt; phalam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फले &lt;br /&gt; phale&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फलानि &lt;br /&gt; phalaani&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/nominative-case-prathamaa-vibhakti.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-3171809072684449562</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:24:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:24:56.740-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">nouns ijn sanskrit</category><title>Noun Forms Or Cases (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
we were 
introduced with &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; (शब्द / shabda), &lt;i&gt;noun-form&lt;/i&gt; (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa), &lt;i&gt;verb&lt;/i&gt; (क्रिया / kriyaa) 
and their use. 
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise - &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;shabda&lt;/i&gt; (शब्द) is the word that represents someone or something in a 
sentence. &lt;i&gt;Noun&lt;/i&gt; normally refers to person, place, thing, state or quality etc. A &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; is 
the only word that can be used as the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt; for a &lt;i&gt;verb&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

In Sanskrit &lt;i&gt;shabda&lt;/i&gt; (शब्द) is the base or root of all &lt;i&gt;noun-forms&lt;/i&gt; (शब्दरुप). Each &lt;i&gt;noun-form&lt;/i&gt; 
is a derivative or &lt;i&gt;shabdarupa&lt;/i&gt; (शब्दरुप) of it&#39;s root. For example &quot;boy&quot; as a root can have different 
singular forms representing &quot;the boy&quot;, &quot;to the boy&quot;, &quot;by the boy&quot;, &quot;for/to the boy&quot;, &quot;from the boy&quot;, 
&quot;of the boy&quot; and &quot;in the boy&quot;.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will study &lt;i&gt;noun-forms&lt;/i&gt; in detail. Followings are few features of &lt;i&gt;noun-forms&lt;/i&gt;.
    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;In a sentence the &lt;i&gt;verb&lt;/i&gt; always follows the &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;case&lt;/i&gt; of 
        the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; (कर्ता / kartaa). The subject&#39;s &lt;i&gt;gender&lt;/i&gt; has no effect on the 
        &lt;i&gt;verb-form&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Each &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; can have 3 &lt;i&gt;numbers&lt;/i&gt; (वचन / vachana) and 7 &lt;i&gt;cases&lt;/i&gt; (विभक्ति / vibhakti).
        So, a &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; can have 21 different forms (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa) each associating a specific meaning to 
        the &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt;. Besides the cases a &lt;i&gt;vocative case&lt;/i&gt; is also added to the 7 different 
        &lt;i&gt;cases&lt;/i&gt;. This makes a &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; to have 24 different forms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The 3 &lt;i&gt;numbers&lt;/i&gt; in a &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; are &lt;i&gt;singular&lt;/i&gt; (एकवचन / ekavachana), 
        &lt;i&gt;dual&lt;/i&gt; (द्विवचन / dvivachana), and &lt;i&gt;plural&lt;/i&gt; (वहुवचन / vahuvachana). &lt;u&gt;The 
        &lt;i&gt;dual&lt;/i&gt; form is specific to Sanskrit language and is not seen in any other language.&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The followings are the 7 different cases of a noun.
    &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Case 1 - Nominative   -&amp;gt; प्रथमा / prathamaa&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Case 2 - Accusative   -&amp;gt; द्वितीया / dvitiiyaa &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Case 3 - Instrumental -&amp;gt; तृतीया / tRRitiiya &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Case 4 - Dative       -&amp;gt; चतुर्थी / chaturthii &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Case 5 - Ablative     -&amp;gt; पञचमी / paJNamii &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Case 6 - Genitive     -&amp;gt; षष्ठी / ShaShThii &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Case 7 - Locative     -&amp;gt; सप्तमी / saptamii &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;         Vocative     -&amp;gt; सम्बोधन / sambodhana &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In coming chapters we will learn the &lt;i&gt;noun cases&lt;/i&gt; or विभक्ति (vibhakti) in detail. For easier and 
simpler study while describing the different &lt;i&gt;noun-forms&lt;/i&gt; we have used commonly used &lt;i&gt;nouns&lt;/i&gt; 
for sentence composition. The complete &lt;i&gt;noun-forms&lt;/i&gt; of these &lt;i&gt;nouns&lt;/i&gt; are listed at 
the end of each chapter for easy reference.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of each chapter Practice Sentences are given using many commonly used nouns and verbs. Studying 
the Practice Sentences will help building a good vocabulary for day-to-day conversasion in Sanskrit.



&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/noun-forms-or-cases-shabdarupa.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>2</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-3468971323599617957</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:23:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:23:38.775-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">verbs</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">verbsin sanskrit</category><title>Verb Forms - Practice Sentences</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
In the last posts we covered five different verb-forms, using पठ् / 
paTh (read) and गम् / gam (go) धातु / dhaatu. For better vocabulary the 
following is a list of different sentences using many more verbs and 
nouns for your reference. The sentences cover all the five verb-forms we
 have covered so far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - लट्लकार / laTlakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;शब्द &lt;br /&gt; Noun&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धातु &lt;br /&gt; Verb&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The boy reads/is reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः पठति &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH paThati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td rowspan=&quot;50&quot;&gt;लट्लकार or &lt;i&gt;laTlakaara&lt;/i&gt; is the only &lt;i&gt;verb-form&lt;/i&gt; to represent present tense. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unlike English where &lt;i&gt;simple present&lt;/i&gt; (verb + s, verb + es) and &lt;i&gt;present-continous&lt;/i&gt; (verb + ing) forms are possible, in Sanskrit &lt;i&gt;laTlakaara&lt;/i&gt; represents both. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, &quot;the boy reads&quot; and &quot;the boy is reading&quot; will have same &lt;i&gt;verb-forms&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The pupil is saluting.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;शिष्यः नमति &lt;br /&gt; shiShyaH namati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;शिष्य &lt;br /&gt; shiShya&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नम् &lt;br /&gt; nam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The elder brother speaks.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अग्रजः वदति &lt;br /&gt; agrajaH vadati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अग्रज &lt;br /&gt; agraja&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वद् &lt;br /&gt; vad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The father looks.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;जनकः पश्यति &lt;br /&gt; janakaH pashyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;जनक &lt;br /&gt; janaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt; dRRish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The son is going to school.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पुत्रः विद्यालयं गच्छति &lt;br /&gt; putraH vidyaalaya.n gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पुत्र &lt;br /&gt; putra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt;gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The horse runs.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अश्वः धावति &lt;br /&gt; ashvaH dhaavati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अश्व &lt;br /&gt; ashva&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धाव् &lt;br /&gt;dhaav&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The tree bears fruit.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वृक्षः फलति &lt;br /&gt; vRRikshaH phalati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वृक्ष &lt;br /&gt; vRRiksha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;फल् &lt;br /&gt;phal&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The servant is standing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सेवकः तिष्ठति &lt;br /&gt; sevakaH tiShThati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सेवक &lt;br /&gt; sevaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्था &lt;br /&gt;sthaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The beggar wanders.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भिक्षुकः अटति &lt;br /&gt; bhikshukaH aTati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भिक्षुक &lt;br /&gt; bhikshuka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अट् &lt;br /&gt; aT&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;He is laughing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सः हसति &lt;br /&gt; saH hasati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;हस् &lt;br /&gt;has&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The mother cooks.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अम्बा पचति &lt;br /&gt; ambaa pachati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अम्बा &lt;br /&gt; ambaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पच् &lt;br /&gt;pach&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The son is laughing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सुतः हसति &lt;br /&gt; sutaH hasati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सुत &lt;br /&gt; suta&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;हस् &lt;br /&gt;has&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The girl writes poems.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वाला पद्यानि लिखति &lt;br /&gt; vaalaa padyaani likhati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वाला &lt;br /&gt; vaalaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt;likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;She is drinking milk.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सा दुग्धं पिवति &lt;br /&gt; saa dugdha.n pivati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (स्त्री) &lt;br /&gt; tad (strii)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पा &lt;br /&gt;paa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;It is evening.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सन्ध्या भवति &lt;br /&gt; sandhyaa bhavati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सन्ध्या &lt;br /&gt; sandhyaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भू &lt;br /&gt;bhuu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The goat grazes.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अजः चरति &lt;br /&gt; ajaH charati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अज &lt;br /&gt; aja&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चर् &lt;br /&gt;char&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;She is leading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सा नयति &lt;br /&gt; saa nayati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (स्त्री) &lt;br /&gt; tad (strii)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नी &lt;br /&gt; nii&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The flower blooms.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पुष्पं विकसति &lt;br /&gt; puShpa.n vikasati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पुष्प &lt;br /&gt; puShpa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वि + कस् &lt;br /&gt; vi + kas&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The fruit falls.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;फलम् पतति &lt;br /&gt; phalam patati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;फल &lt;br /&gt; phala&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पत् &lt;br /&gt;pat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Friend is giving.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;मित्रं यच्छति &lt;br /&gt; mitra.n yachchhati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;मित्र &lt;br /&gt; mitra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यच्छ् &lt;br /&gt;yachchh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Artists are sketching.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चित्रकाराः लिखन्ति &lt;br /&gt; chitrakaaraaH likhanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चित्रकार &lt;br /&gt; chitrakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt;likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Porters are carrying.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भारवाहाः वहन्ति &lt;br /&gt; bhaaravaahaaH vahanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भारवाह &lt;br /&gt; bhaaravaaha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वह् &lt;br /&gt;vah&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Theives are running.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चोराः धावन्ति &lt;br /&gt; choraaH dhaavanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चोर &lt;br /&gt; chora&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धाव् &lt;br /&gt;dhaav&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Washermen are washing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;रजकाः क्षालयन्ति &lt;br /&gt;rajakaaH kshaalayanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;रजक &lt;br /&gt; rajaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्षाल् &lt;br /&gt;kshaal&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Carpenters do carpentry.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तक्षकाः तक्षन्ति &lt;br /&gt;takshakaaH takshanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तक्षक &lt;br /&gt; takshaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तक्ष् &lt;br /&gt;taksh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Singers are singing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गायकाः गायन्ति &lt;br /&gt;gaayakaaH gaayanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गायक &lt;br /&gt; gaayaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गै &lt;br /&gt;gai&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dancers are dancing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नटाः नृत्यन्ति &lt;br /&gt;naaTaaH nRRityanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नट &lt;br /&gt; naTa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नृत् &lt;br /&gt;nRRit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Cooks are cooking.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पाचकाः पचन्ति &lt;br /&gt; paachakaaH pachanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पाचक &lt;br /&gt; paachaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पच् &lt;br /&gt;pach&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Devotees are meditating.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भक्ताः ध्यान्ति &lt;br /&gt;bhaktaaH dhyaanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भक्त &lt;br /&gt; bhakta&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;ध्यै &lt;br /&gt; dhyai&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;They smell flowers.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;ते पुष्पाणि जिघ्रन्ति &lt;br /&gt;te puShpaaNi jighranti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;घ्रा &lt;br /&gt; ghraa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;They remember.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;ते स्मरन्ति &lt;br /&gt; te smaranti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्मृ &lt;br /&gt;smRRi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Barbers shave.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नापिताः मुण्डयन्ति &lt;br /&gt; naapitaaH muNDayanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नापित &lt;br /&gt; naapita&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;मुण्ड् &lt;br /&gt;muND&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Weavers weave.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तन्तुवायाः वयन्ति &lt;br /&gt;tantuvaayaaH vayanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तन्तुवाय &lt;br /&gt; tantuvaaya&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Goats graze.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अजाः चरन्ति &lt;br /&gt;ajaaH charanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अज &lt;br /&gt; aja&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चर् &lt;br /&gt;char&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Fruits shake.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;फलानि स्फुरन्ति &lt;br /&gt;phaalaani sphuranti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;फल &lt;br /&gt; phala&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You are reading the book.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं पुस्तकं पठसि &lt;br /&gt;tva.n pustaka.n paThasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt;paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You are saluting.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं नमसि &lt;br /&gt;tva.n namasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नम् &lt;br /&gt;nam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You are speaking.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं वदसि &lt;br /&gt;tva.n vadasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वद् &lt;br /&gt;vad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You see.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं पश्यसि &lt;br /&gt;tva.n pashyasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt;dRRish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you fall.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं पतथ &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n patatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पत् &lt;br /&gt;pat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you are leading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं नयथ &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n nayatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नी &lt;br /&gt; nii&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you rebuke.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं निन्दथ &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n nindatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;निन्द् &lt;br /&gt;nind&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I wish.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहम् इच्छामि &lt;br /&gt;aham ichchhaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;इष् &lt;br /&gt;iSh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I am dancing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहम् नृत्यामि &lt;br /&gt;aham nRRityaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नृत् &lt;br /&gt;nRRit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I remember.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहम् स्मरामि &lt;br /&gt; aham smaraami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्मृ &lt;br /&gt;smRRi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I reside.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहम् वसामि &lt;br /&gt;aham vasaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वस् &lt;br /&gt;vas&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I am asking a question.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहम् प्रश्नं पृच्छामि &lt;br /&gt;aham prashna.n pRRichchhaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;प्रच्छ् &lt;br /&gt;prachchh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We play.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं क्रीडामः &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n kriiDaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्रीड् &lt;br /&gt;krriD&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We are writing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं लिखामः &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n likhaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt;likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We are drinking.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं पिबामः &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n pibaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पा &lt;br /&gt;paa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;शब्द &lt;br /&gt; Noun&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धातु &lt;br /&gt; Verb&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The boy will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः पठिष्यति &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH paThiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The student will go to school.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्रः विद्यालयं गमिष्यति &lt;br /&gt;chchhaatraH vidyaalaya.n gamiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;They will speak.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;ते वदिष्यन्ति &lt;br /&gt; te vadiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वद् &lt;br /&gt; vad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Artist will sketch the picture.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चित्रकारः चित्रं लिखिष्यति &lt;br /&gt;chitrakaaraH chitra.n likhiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चित्रकार &lt;br /&gt; chitrakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt; likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;It will be evening.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सन्ध्या भविष्यति &lt;br /&gt;sandhyaa bhaviShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सन्ध्या &lt;br /&gt; sandhyaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भू &lt;br /&gt; bhuu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Teacher will teach.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गुरुः पाठयिष्यति &lt;br /&gt;guruH paaThayiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गुरु &lt;br /&gt; guru&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पाठ् / paaTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The flowers will bloom.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पुष्पाणि विकसिष्यन्ति &lt;br /&gt;puShpaaNi vikasiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पुष्प &lt;br /&gt; puShpa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वि + कस् &lt;br /&gt; vi + kas&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Barber will shave.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नापितः मुण्डयिष्यति &lt;br /&gt; naapitaH muNDayiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नापित &lt;br /&gt;naapita&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;मुण्ड् &lt;br /&gt; muND&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं पठिष्यसि &lt;br /&gt;tva.n paThiShyasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You all will play.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं क्रीडिष्यथ &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n kriiDiShyatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्रीड् &lt;br /&gt; kriiD&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं गमिष्यामि &lt;br /&gt;aha.n gamiShyaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I will write letter.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पत्रम् लिखिष्यामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n patram likhiShyaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt; likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We will play.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं क्रीडिष्यामः &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n kriiDiShyaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्रीड् &lt;br /&gt; kriiD&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - लङ्लकार / laN^lakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;शब्द &lt;br /&gt; Noun&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धातु &lt;br /&gt; Verb&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The boy read/was reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः अपठत् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH apaThat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td rowspan=&quot;31&quot;&gt;लङ्लकार or &lt;i&gt;laN^lakaara&lt;/i&gt; is the only &lt;i&gt;verb-form&lt;/i&gt; to represent past tense. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unlike English where &lt;i&gt;simple past&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;past-continous&lt;/i&gt; (verb + ing) forms are possible, in Sanskrit &lt;i&gt;laN^lakaara&lt;/i&gt; represents both. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, &quot;the boy went&quot; and &quot;the boy was going&quot; will have same &lt;i&gt;verb-forms&lt;/i&gt;. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Past tense can also be represented using तवत् (tavat) prefix with the verbs. This has been covered in a different chapter.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;He played.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सः अक्रीडत् &lt;br /&gt;saH akriiDat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्रीड् &lt;br /&gt; kriiD&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;She stood.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सा अतिष्ठत् &lt;br /&gt;saa atiShThat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (स्त्री) &lt;br /&gt; tad (strii)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्था &lt;br /&gt; sthaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Cobbler gave the sandal.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चर्मकारः पादरक्षाम् अयच्छत् &lt;br /&gt;charmakaarah paadarakshaam ayachchhat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चर्मकार &lt;br /&gt; charmakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यच्छ् &lt;br /&gt; yachchh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The lion killed the deer.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सिंहः मृगम् अमारयत् &lt;br /&gt;si.nhaH mRRigam amaarayat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सिंह &lt;br /&gt; si.nha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;मृ &lt;br /&gt;mRRi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The tiger ate flesh.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;व्याघ्रः मांसम् अखादत् &lt;br /&gt;vyaaghraH maa.nsam akhaadat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;व्याघ्र &lt;br /&gt; vyaaghra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;खाद् &lt;br /&gt; khaad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The cat saw the rat.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;मार्जारः मूषकम् अपश्यत् &lt;br /&gt;maarjaaram muuShakam apashyat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;मार्जार &lt;br /&gt; maarjaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt; dRrish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The friend wrote a letter.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयसः पत्रम् अलिखत् &lt;br /&gt;vayasaH patram alikhat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयस &lt;br /&gt; vayasa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt; likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;One went to village.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;एकः ग्रामम् अगच्छत् &lt;br /&gt;ekaH graamam agachchhat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;एक &lt;br /&gt; eka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;They laughed.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;ते अहसन् &lt;br /&gt;te ahasan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;हस् &lt;br /&gt; has&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Students played.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्रः अक्रीडन् &lt;br /&gt;chchhaatraaH akriiDan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्रीड् &lt;br /&gt; kriiD&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Thieves stole the box.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चोराः पेटिकाम् अहरन् &lt;br /&gt;choraaH peTikaam aharan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चोर &lt;br /&gt; chora&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;हर् &lt;br /&gt; har&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Students asked question.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्राः प्रश्नम् अपृच्छन् &lt;br /&gt;chchhaatraaH prashnam apRRichchhan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;प्रच्छ् &lt;br /&gt;prachchh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Bisons grazed grass.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिषाः तृणानि अचरन् &lt;br /&gt;mahiShaaH tRiNaani acharan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिष &lt;br /&gt; mahiSha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;चर् &lt;br /&gt; char&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Women sang.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिलाः अगायन् &lt;br /&gt;mahilaaH agaayan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिला &lt;br /&gt; mahilaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गै &lt;br /&gt;gai&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Snakes swallowed frogs.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सर्पाः मण्डूकान् अगिलन् &lt;br /&gt;sarpaaH maNDuukaan agilan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सर्प &lt;br /&gt; sarpa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गिल् &lt;br /&gt; gil&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Porters bore the burden.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भारवाहाः भारम् अवहन् &lt;br /&gt;bhaaravaahaaH bhaaram avahan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भारवाह &lt;br /&gt; bharavaaha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वह् &lt;br /&gt; vah&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Fishermen took away the fish.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धिवराः मीनम् अनयन् &lt;br /&gt;dhivaraaH miinam anayan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धिवर &lt;br /&gt; dhivara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नी &lt;br /&gt; nii&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You ran.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वम् अधावः &lt;br /&gt;tvam adhaavaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt;yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धाव् &lt;br /&gt; dhaav&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You danced.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वम् अनृत्यः &lt;br /&gt;tvam anRRityaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt;yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नृत् &lt;br /&gt; nRRit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वम् अपठः &lt;br /&gt;tvam apaThaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt;yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you saw the book.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं पुस्तकम् अपश्यत् &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n pustakam apashyat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt;yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt; dRRish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you ate.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं अखादतः &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n akhaadataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt;yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;खाद् &lt;br /&gt; khaad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I saluted the teacher.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं गुरूम् अनमम् &lt;br /&gt;aha.n guruum anamam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नम् &lt;br /&gt; nam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I remembered the matter.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं विषयम् अस्मरम् &lt;br /&gt;aha.n viShayam asmaram&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्मृ &lt;br /&gt; smRRi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I smelt the flower.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पुष्पम् अजिघ्रम् &lt;br /&gt;aha.n puShpam ajighram&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;घ्रा &lt;br /&gt; ghraa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I saw the picture.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं चित्रम् अपश्यम् &lt;br /&gt;aha.n chitram apashyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt; dRRish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I wrote a letter.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पत्रम् अलिखम् &lt;br /&gt;aha.n patram alikham&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt; likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We spoke.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयम् अवदाम &lt;br /&gt;vayam avadaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वद् &lt;br /&gt; vad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We ate.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयम् अखादाम &lt;br /&gt;vayam akhaadaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;खाद् &lt;br /&gt; khaad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We played.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयम् अक्रीडाम &lt;br /&gt;vayam akriiDaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्रीड् &lt;br /&gt; kriiD&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood - आझयांलोट्लकार / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;शब्द &lt;br /&gt; Noun&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धातु &lt;br /&gt; Verb&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the boy read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः पठतु &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH paThatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the boy write.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः लिखतु &lt;br /&gt;baalakaH likhatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt; likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let him carry.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सः वहतु &lt;br /&gt;saH vahatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वह् &lt;br /&gt; vah&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the singer sing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गायकः गायतु &lt;br /&gt;gaayakaH gaayatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गायक &lt;br /&gt; gaayaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गै &lt;br /&gt;gai&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let her run.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सा धावतु &lt;br /&gt;saa dhaavatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (स्त्री) &lt;br /&gt; tad (strii)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धाव् &lt;br /&gt; dhaav&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the servant wash.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सेवकः प्रक्षालयतु &lt;br /&gt;sevakaH prakshaalayatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सेवक &lt;br /&gt; sevaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;प्र + क्षाल् &lt;br /&gt; prakshaal&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the girl read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वाला पठतु &lt;br /&gt;vaalaa paThatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वाला &lt;br /&gt; vaalaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the student ask question.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्रः प्रश्नं पृच्छतु &lt;br /&gt;chchhaatra prashna.n pRRichchhatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;प्रच्छ् &lt;br /&gt;prachchh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the dancers dance.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नटाः नृत्यन्तु &lt;br /&gt;naTaaH nRRityantu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नट &lt;br /&gt; naTa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नृत् &lt;br /&gt; nRRit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let them reside.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;ते वसन्तु &lt;br /&gt;te vasantu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वस् &lt;br /&gt; vas&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the beggars wander.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भिक्षुकाः अटन्तु &lt;br /&gt;bhikshukaaH aTantu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भिक्षुक &lt;br /&gt; bhikshuka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अट् &lt;br /&gt; aT&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let the women see.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिलाः पश्यन्तु &lt;br /&gt;mahilaaH pashyantu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिला&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt; dRRish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं गच्छ &lt;br /&gt;tva.n gachchha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You stand up.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं उत्तिष्ठ &lt;br /&gt;tva.n uttiShTha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्था &lt;br /&gt; sthaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You drink.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं पिब &lt;br /&gt;tva.n piba&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पा &lt;br /&gt; paa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you speak.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं वदत &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n vadata&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वद् &lt;br /&gt; vad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं गच्छत &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n gachchhata&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you see.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;यूयं पश्यत &lt;br /&gt;yuuya.n pashyata&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt; dRRish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let me go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं गच्छानि &lt;br /&gt;aha.n gachchhaani&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let me write.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं लिखानि &lt;br /&gt;aha.n likhaani&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt; likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let me read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पठानि &lt;br /&gt;aha.n paThaani&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let us drink.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं पिवाम &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n pivaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पा &lt;br /&gt; paa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let us ask.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं पृच्छाम &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n pRRichchhaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;प्रच्छ् &lt;br /&gt; prachchh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Let us sing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं गायाम &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n gaayaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गै &lt;br /&gt; gai&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table5&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood - विधैलिङ्लकार / vidhailiN^lakaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;शब्द &lt;br /&gt; Noun&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;धातु &lt;br /&gt; Verb&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Notes&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;The boy should/may read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः पठेत् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH paThet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td rowspan=&quot;20&quot;&gt;विधैलिङ्लकार or &lt;i&gt;vidhailiN^lakaara&lt;/i&gt;
 represents both should (should + verb)and may (may + verb) in the 
sentence. So, &quot;the boy should go&quot; and &quot;the boy may go&quot; will have the 
same &lt;i&gt;verb-forms&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;It may rain today.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अद्य वृष्टिं भवेत् &lt;br /&gt;adya vRRiShTi.n bhavet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;भू &lt;br /&gt; bhuu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Students should study.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्राः पठेत् &lt;br /&gt;chchhaatraaH paThet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dancers may dance.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नटाः नृत्येयुः &lt;br /&gt;naTaaH nRRityeyuH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नटा &lt;br /&gt; naTa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नृत् &lt;br /&gt; nRRit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Mother may cook.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अम्बा पचेत् &lt;br /&gt;ambaa pachet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अम्बा &lt;br /&gt; ambaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पच् &lt;br /&gt; pach&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Servant should wash the cloathes.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सेवकः वस्त्राणि क्षालयेत् &lt;br /&gt;sevakaH vaastraaNi kshaalayet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सेवक &lt;br /&gt; sevaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्षाल् &lt;br /&gt; kshaal&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;They may stay.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;ते तिष्ठेयम् &lt;br /&gt;te tiShTheyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (पुं) &lt;br /&gt; tad (pu.n)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्था &lt;br /&gt; sthaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;She may go to school.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सा विद्यालयं गछ्चेत् &lt;br /&gt;saa vidyaalaya.n gachchhet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;तद् (स्त्री) &lt;br /&gt; tad (strii)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Boys may eat the fruits.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालाः फलानि खादेयुः &lt;br /&gt;baalaaH phalaani khaadeyuH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बाल &lt;br /&gt; baala&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;खाद् &lt;br /&gt; khaad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Women may sing.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिलाः गायेयुः &lt;br /&gt;mahilaaH gaayeyuH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;महिला &lt;br /&gt; mahilaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गै &lt;br /&gt; gai&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You should salute the teacher.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं गुरुम् नमे &lt;br /&gt;tvam gurum name&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;नम् &lt;br /&gt; nam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वम् पठे &lt;br /&gt;tvam paThe&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;You should go to temple.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वम् देवालयं गच्छे &lt;br /&gt;tvam devaalaya.n gachchhe&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you should remember the matter.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं विष्यं स्मरेत &lt;br /&gt;yuya.n viShya.n smareta&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;स्मृ &lt;br /&gt; smRRi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;All of you should see the picture.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं चित्रं पश्येत &lt;br /&gt;yuya.n chitra.n pashyeta&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;दृश् &lt;br /&gt; dRRish&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I should read the book.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पुस्तकं पठेयम् &lt;br /&gt; aha.n pustaka.n paTheyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I may play.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं क्रीडेयम् &lt;br /&gt;aha.n kriiDeyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;क्रीड् &lt;br /&gt; kriiD&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;I should write the letter.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पत्रं लिखेयम् &lt;br /&gt;aha.n patra.n likheyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिख् &lt;br /&gt; likh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We should drink milk.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं दुग्धं पिवेम &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n digdha.n pivema&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पा &lt;br /&gt; paa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;We may go to village.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं ग्रामं गच्छेम &lt;br /&gt;vaya.n graama.n gachchhema&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/verb-forms-practice-sentences.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-8030642062803020191</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:21:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:21:21.902-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Should or May in sanskrit</category><title>विधैलिङ्लकार / vidhailiN^lakaara (Optative Mood - Should or May)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
In previous post, we studied about imperative mood. In this chapter 
we will study about optative mood. विधैलिङ्लकार (vidhailiN^lakaara) 
verb-forms represent sentences in optative mood. So, any sentence 
indicating possibility of something verb-forms of विधैलिङ्लकार 
(vidhailiN^lakaara) should be used. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The complete विधैलिङ्लकार / 
vidhailiN^lakaara of पठ् / paTh (read) and गम् / gam (go) धातु / dhaatu 
are given at the end of this chapter for reference. Study the following 
sentences. These are in विधैलिङ्लकार (vidhailiN^lakaara) or optative 
mood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood - Third Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; विधैलिङ्लकार प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / vidhailiN^lakaara prathamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;1. The boy should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः पठेत् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH paThet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;2. The girl should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका पठेत् &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa paThet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;3. Rama should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;रामः पठेत् &lt;br /&gt; raamaH paThet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;राम &lt;br /&gt; raama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;4. Sita should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सीता पठेत् &lt;br /&gt; siitaa paThet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सीता&lt;br /&gt; siitaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;5. The boy should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः गच्छेत् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH gachchhet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;6. The girl should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका गच्छेत् &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa gachchhet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood - Third Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; विधैलिङ्लकार प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / vidhailiN^lakaara prathamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;7. The boys should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकाः पठेयुः &lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH paTheyaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;8. The girls should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिकाः पठेयुः &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH paTheyaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;9. Students should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्राः पठेयुः &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatraaH paTheyaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;10. Clearks should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकाराः पठेयुः &lt;br /&gt; lipikaaraaH paTheyaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;11. The boys should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकाः गच्छेयुः &lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH gachchheyuH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;12. The girls should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिकाः गच्छेयुः &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH gachchheyuH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
In
 setences 1 to 6, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd person singular
 (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). As the verb always 
follows the number and peson, the verb (पठति / paThati) is also in 3rd 
person singular (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 In case of setences 7 to 12, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd 
person plural (प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / prathamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
Similarly the verb (पठन्ति / paThanti) is also in प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / 
prathamapuruSha vahuvachana of verb पठ् (paTh). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; All the above 
sentences were in third person (प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha). Now let 
us study the following sentences. These are in second person (मध्यमपुरुष
 / madhyamapuruSha) and first person (उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood - Second Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; विधैलिङ्लकार मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / vidhailiN^lakaara madhyamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;13. You should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं गच्छेः &lt;br /&gt; tva.n gachchheH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;14. You should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं पठेः &lt;br /&gt; tva.n paTheH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood - First Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; विधैलिङ्लकार उत्तमपुरुष एकवचन / vidhailiN^lakaara uttamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;15. I should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं गच्छेयम् &lt;br /&gt; aha.n gachchheyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;16. I should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पठेयम् &lt;br /&gt; aha.n paTheyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood - Second Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; विधैलिङ्लकार मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / vidhailiN^lakaara madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;17. You all should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं गच्छेत &lt;br /&gt; yua.n पठेयम्&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;18. You all should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं पठेत &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paTheta&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood - First Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; विधैलिङ्लकार उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / vidhailiN^lakaara uttamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;19. We all should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं गच्छेम &lt;br /&gt; vaya.n gachchhema&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;20. We all should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं पठेम &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paThema&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
In
 sentences 13 and 14 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person singular 
(मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / madhyamapuruSha ekavachana) and in case of 17 and 18
 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person plural (मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / 
madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana). We can see that in all these sentences the
 Subject used is युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). In case of second 
person the kartaa is always युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; In 
sentences 15 and 16 the Subject is in first person singular (उत्तमपुरुष 
एकवचन / uttamapuruSha ekavachana). In case of 19 and 20 the Subject is 
in first person plural (उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / uttamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
In all these sentences the Subjects used is अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द 
(shabda). In case of first person the kartaa is always अस्मद् (asmad) 
शब्द (shabda). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The followings are the dual number form of above sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Optative Mood Dual ( विधैलिङ्लकार द्विवचन / vidhailiN^lakaara dvivachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;21. Two boys should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकौ पठेताम् &lt;br /&gt; baalakau paThetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;22. Two girls should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिके पठेताम् &lt;br /&gt; vaalike paThetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;23. Two boys should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकौ गच्छेताम् &lt;br /&gt; baalakau gachchhetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;24. Two girls should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिके गच्छेताम् &lt;br /&gt; vaalike gachchhetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;25. Two students should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्रौ पठेताम् &lt;br /&gt;chchhatrau paThetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;26. Two clearks should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकारौ पठेताम्&lt;br /&gt; lipikaarau paThetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;27. Both of you should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युवां गच्छेतम् &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n gachchhatam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;28. Both of you should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युवां पठेतम् &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n paThetam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;29. Both of us should go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;आवां गच्छेव &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n gachchheva&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;30. Both of us should read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;आवां पठेव &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n paTheva&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
At the end of this chapter in &lt;a data-mce-href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot; href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot;&gt;Verb Forms - Practice Sentences 1&lt;/a&gt;
 a collection of many Sanskrit sentences using विधैलिङ्लकार / 
vidhailiN^lakaara are given. You will know about many more nouns (शब्द /
 shabda) and verbs (धातु / dhaatu) in those.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Read / पठ् / paTh : विधैलिङ्लकार / vidhailiN^lakaara&lt;br /&gt; (Optative Mood - Should or May)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेत् / paThet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेताम् / paThetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेयुः / paTheyaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेः / paTheH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेतम् / paThetam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेत / paTheta&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेयम् / paTheyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेव / paTheva&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठेम / paThema&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table5&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Go / गम् / gam : विधैलिङ्लकार / vidhailiN^lakaara&lt;br /&gt; (Optative Mood - Should or May)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेत् / gachchhet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेताम् / gachchhetaam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेयुः / gachchheyuH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेः / gachchheH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेतम् / gachchhatam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेत / gachchhet&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेयम् / gachchheyam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेव / gachchheva&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गच्छेम / gachchhema&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/vidhailinlakaara-optative-mood-should.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>7</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-7909927572443314609</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 14:16:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T07:16:05.173-07:00</atom:updated><title>आझयांलोट्लकार / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara (Imperative Mood - Commands &amp; Requests)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
In previous three chapters we studied about tenses. In this chapter we will study about verb-forms used in
imerative mood. These verb-forms are used while giving commands or requests. आझयांलोट्लकार (aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara) 
verb-forms represent these.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The complete आझयांलोट्लकार / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara of पठ् / paTh (read) and गम् / gam (go) धातु / dhaatu are given at the end of
this chapter for reference. Study the following sentences. These are in imperative mood.


&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; आङ्ग्लभाषा / English &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; संस्कृत / Sanskrit &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Comments&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood - Third Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; आझयांलोट्लकार प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara prathamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 1. Let the boy read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; बालकः पठतु  &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH paThatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 2. Let the girl read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिका पठतु  &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa paThatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 3. Let Rama read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  रामः पठतु  &lt;br /&gt; raamaH paThatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  राम &lt;br /&gt; raama&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 4. Let Sita read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  सीता पठतु  &lt;br /&gt; siitaa paThatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  सीता&lt;br /&gt; siitaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 5. Let the boy go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकः गच्छतु &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH gachchhatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 6. Let the girl go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिका गच्छतु &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa gachchhatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood - Third Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; आझयांलोट्लकार प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara prathamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 7. Let the boys read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकाः पठन्तु &lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH paThantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 8. Let the girls read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिकाः पठन्तु &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH paThantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 9. Let the students read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  च्छात्राः पठन्तु &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatraaH paThantu &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 10. Let the clearks read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  लिपिकाराः पठन्तु &lt;br /&gt; lipikaaraaH paThantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 11. Let the boys go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकाः गच्छन्तु &lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH gachchhantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 12. Let the girls go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिकाः गच्छन्तु &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH gachchhantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In setences 1 to 6, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd person singular (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). 
As the verb always follows the number and peson, the verb (पठति / paThati) is also in 3rd person singular 
(प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). 

&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

In case of setences 7 to 12, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd person plural 
(प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / prathamapuruSha vahuvachana). Similarly the verb (पठन्ति / paThanti) is also 
in प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / prathamapuruSha vahuvachana of verb पठ् (paTh). 

&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

All the above sentences were in third person (प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha). Now let us study the following sentences. 
These are in second person (मध्यमपुरुष / madhyamapuruSha) and first person (उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha). 

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; आङ्ग्लभाषा / English &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; संस्कृत / Sanskrit &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Comments&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood - Second Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; आझयांलोट्लकार मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara madhyamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 13. You go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; त्वं गच्छ  &lt;br /&gt; tva.n gachchha&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 14. You read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; त्वं पठ  &lt;br /&gt; tva.n paTha&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood - First Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; आझयांलोट्लकार उत्तमपुरुष एकवचन / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara uttamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 15. Let me go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; अहं गच्चानि  &lt;br /&gt; aha.n gachchhaani&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 16. Let me read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; अहं पठानि  &lt;br /&gt; aha.n paThaani&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood - Second Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; आझयांलोट्लकार मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 17. You all go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युयं गच्छत  &lt;br /&gt; yua.n gachchhata&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद्  &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 18. You all read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युयं पठत  &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paThata&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद्  &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood - First Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; आझयांलोट्लकार उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara uttamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 19. Let us all go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; वयं गच्छाम  &lt;br /&gt; vaya.n gachchhaama&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 20. Let us all read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; वयं पठाम  &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paThaama&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In sentences 13 and 14 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person singular (मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / madhyamapuruSha ekavachana) 
and in case of 17 and 18 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person plural (मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
We can see that in all these sentences the Subject used is युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). In case of second person 
the kartaa is always युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). 

&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

In sentences 15 and 16 the Subject is in first person singular (उत्तमपुरुष एकवचन / uttamapuruSha ekavachana). In case 
of 19 and 20 the Subject is in first person plural (उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / uttamapuruSha vahuvachana). In all these sentences 
the Subjects used is अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द (shabda). In case of first person the kartaa is always अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द (shabda). 

&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

The followings are the dual number form of above sentences.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; आङ्ग्लभाषा / English &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; संस्कृत / Sanskrit &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Comments&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Imperative Mood Dual ( आझयांलोट्लकार द्विवचन / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara dvivachana)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 21. Let the two boys read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; बालकौ पठताम्  &lt;br /&gt; baalakau paThataam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 22. Let the two girls read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिके पठताम् &lt;br /&gt; vaalike paThataam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 23. Let the two boys go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकौ गच्छताम्  &lt;br /&gt; baalakau gachchhataam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 24. Let the two girls go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिके गच्छताम् &lt;br /&gt; vaalike gachchhataam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 25. Let the two students read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  च्छात्रौ पठताम्  &lt;br /&gt;chchhatrau paThataam &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 26. Let the two clearks read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  लिपिकारौ पठताम्&lt;br /&gt; lipikaarau paThataam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 27. Both of you go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युवां गच्छतम्  &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n gachchhatam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 28. Both of you read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युवां पठतम्  &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n paThatam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 29. Let both of us go.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; आवां गच्छाव   &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n gachchhaava&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 30. Let both of us read.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; आवां  पठाव  &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n paThaava&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
At the end of this chapter in &lt;a href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot;&gt;Verb Forms - Practice Sentences 1&lt;/a&gt;
 a collection of many Sanskrit sentences using लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara are given. You will know about many more 
 nouns (शब्द / shabda) and verbs (धातु / dhaatu) in those. 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next chapter we will study विधैलिङ्लकार (vidhailiN^lakaara) or optative mood.
&lt;br /&gt;


&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;
                &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Read / पठ् / paTh : आझयांलोट्लकार / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                (Imperative Mood - Commands &amp;amp; Requests)
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठतु / paThatu&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठताम् / paThataam&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठन्तु / paThantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठ / paTha&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठतम् / paThatam&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठत / paThata&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठानि / paThaani&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठाव / paThaava&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठाम / paThaama&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table5&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;
                &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Go / गम् / gam : आझयांलोट्लकार / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                (Imperative Mood - Commands &amp;amp; Requests)
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छतु / gachchhatu&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छताम् / gachchhataam&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छन्तु / gachchhantu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छ / gachchha&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छतम् / gachchhatam&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छत / gachchhata&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्चानि / gachchhaani&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छाव / gachchhaava&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छाम / gachchhaama&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/aajhaayaanlotlakaara-imperative-mood.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-6263697373684220942</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 13:05:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T06:05:05.345-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">past tense</category><title>लङ्लकार / laN^lakaara (Past Tense)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
In previous post, we studied about future tense. In this chapter we 
will study about past tense. लङ्लकार (laN^lakaara) verb-forms represent 
the past tense in a sentence. So, while forming sentences in past tense 
we need to use verbd-forms from लङ्लकार (laN^lakaara). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The 
complete लङ्लकार / laN^lakaara of पठ् / paTh (read) and गम् / gam (go) 
धातु / dhaatu are given at the end of this chapter for reference. Study 
the following sentences. These are in भुतकाल (bhutakaala) or past tense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - Third Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; भुतकाल प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / bhutakaala prathamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;1. The boy was reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः अपठत् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH apaThat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;2. The girl was reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका अपठत् &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa apaThat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;3. Rama was reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;रामः अपठत् &lt;br /&gt; raamaH apaThat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;राम &lt;br /&gt; raama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;4. Sita was reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सीता अपठत् &lt;br /&gt; siitaa apaThat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सीता&lt;br /&gt; siitaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;5. The boy was going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः अगच्छत् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH agachchhat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;6. The girl was going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका अगच्छत्&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa agachchhat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - Third Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; भुतकाल प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / bhutakaala prathamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;7. The boys were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकाः अपठन् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH apaThan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;8. The girls were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिकाः अपठन्&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH apaThan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;9. Students were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्राः अपठन्&lt;br /&gt; chchhaatraaH apaThan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;10. Clearks were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकाराः अपठन्&lt;br /&gt; lipikaaraaH apaThan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;11. The boys were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकाः अगच्छन् &lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH agachchhan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;12. The girls were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिकाः अगच्छन्&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH agachchhan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
In
 setences 1 to 6, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd person singular
 (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). As the verb always 
follows the number and peson, the verb (पठति / paThati) is also in 3rd 
person singular (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 In case of setences 7 to 12, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd 
person plural (प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / prathamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
Similarly the verb (पठन्ति / paThanti) is also in प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / 
prathamapuruSha vahuvachana of verb पठ् (paTh). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; All the above 
sentences were in third person (प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha). Now let 
us study the following sentences. These are in second person (मध्यमपुरुष
 / madhyamapuruSha) and first person (उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - Second Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; भुतकाल मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / bhutakaala madhyamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;13. You were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं अगच्छः &lt;br /&gt; tva.n agachchhaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;14. You were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं अपठः &lt;br /&gt; tva.n apaThaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - First Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; भुतकाल उत्तमपुरुष एकवचन / bhutakaala uttamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;15. I was going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं अगच्छम् &lt;br /&gt; aha.n agachchham&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;16. I was reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं अपठम् &lt;br /&gt; aha.n apaTham&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - Second Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; भुतकाल मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / bhutakaala madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;17. You all were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं अगच्छत &lt;br /&gt; yua.n agachchhata&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;18. You all were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं अपठत &lt;br /&gt; yua.n apaThata&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - First Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; भुतकाल उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / bhutakaala uttamapuruSha vahuvachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;19. We all were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं अगच्छाम &lt;br /&gt; vaya.n agachchhaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;20. We all were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं अपठाम &lt;br /&gt; yua.n apaThaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
In
 sentences 13 and 14 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person singular 
(मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / madhyamapuruSha ekavachana) and in case of 17 and 18
 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person plural (मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / 
madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana). We can see that in all these sentences the
 Subject used is युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). In case of second 
person the kartaa is always युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; In 
sentences 15 and 16 the Subject is in first person singular (उत्तमपुरुष 
एकवचन / uttamapuruSha ekavachana). In case of 19 and 20 the Subject is 
in first person plural (उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / uttamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
In all these sentences the Subjects used is अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द 
(shabda). In case of first person the kartaa is always अस्मद् (asmad) 
शब्द (shabda). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The followings are the dual number form of above sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Past Tense - Dual &lt;br /&gt; भुतकाल द्विवचन / bhutakaala dvivachana)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;21. Two boys were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकौ अपठताम् &lt;br /&gt; baalakau apaThataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;22. Two girls were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिके अपठताम्&lt;br /&gt; vaalike apaThataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;23. Two boys were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकौ अपठताम् &lt;br /&gt; baalakau apaThataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;24. Two girls were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिके अगच्छताम् &lt;br /&gt; vaalike agachchhataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;25. Two students were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्रौ अपठताम् &lt;br /&gt;chchhatrau apaThataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;26. Two clearks were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकारौ अपठताम्&lt;br /&gt; lipikaarau apaThataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;27. Both of you were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युवां अगच्छतम् &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n agachchhatam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;28. Both of you were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युवां अपठतम् &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n apaThatam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;29. Both of us were going.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;आवां अगच्छाव &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n agachchhaava&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;30. Both of us were reading.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;आवां अपठाव &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n apaThaava&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
At the end of this chapter in &lt;a data-mce-href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot; href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot;&gt;Verb Forms - Practice Sentences 1&lt;/a&gt;
 a collection of many Sanskrit sentences using लङ्लकार / laN^lakaara are
 given. You will know about many more nouns (शब्द / shabda) and verbs 
(धातु / dhaatu) in those. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; In the next chapter we will study आझयांलोट्लकार (aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara) or verb-forms representing commands and requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Read / पठ् / paTh : लङ्लकार / laN^lakaara&lt;br /&gt; (Past tense / भुतकाल / bhutakaala)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठत् / apaThat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठताम् / apaThataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठन् / apaThan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठः / apaThaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठतम् / apaThatam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठत / apaThata&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठम् / apaTham&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठाव / apaThaava&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अपठाम / apaThaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table5&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Go / गम् / gam : लङ्लकार / laN^lakaara&lt;br /&gt; (Past tense / भुतकाल / bhutakaala)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छत् / agachchhat&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छताम् / agachchhataam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छन् / agachchhan&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छः / agachchhaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छतम् / agachchhatam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छत / agachchhata&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छम् / agachchham&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छाव / agachchhaava&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अगच्छाम / agachchhaama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/lanlakaara-past-tense.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-4818493764474731233</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 13:02:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T06:02:12.623-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">future tense</category><title>लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara (Future Tense)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
In previous post, we studied about present tense. In this chapter we 
will study about future tense. लृट्लकार (lRRiTlakaara) verb-forms 
represent the future tense in a sentence. So, while forming sentences in
 future tense we need to use verbd-forms from लृट्लकार (lRRiTlakaara). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The
 complete लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara of पठ् / paTh (read) and गम् / gam 
(go) धातु / dhaatu are given at the end of this chapter for reference. 
Study the following sentences. These are in भविष्यतकाल 
(bhaviShyatakaala) or future tense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - Third Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / vartamaanakaala prathamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;1. The boy will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः पठिष्यति &lt;br /&gt; vaalakaH paThiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;2. The girl will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका पठिष्यति &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa paThiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;3. Rama will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;रामः पठिष्यति &lt;br /&gt; raamaH paThiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;राम &lt;br /&gt; raama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;4. Sita will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सीता पठिष्यति &lt;br /&gt; siitaa paThiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;सीता&lt;br /&gt; siitaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;5. The boy will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकः गमिष्यति&lt;br /&gt; baalakaH gamiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;6. The girl will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका गमिष्यति&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa gamiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - Third Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; भविष्यतकाल प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / bhaviShyatakaala prathamapuruSha vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;7. The boys will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकाः पठिष्यन्ति&lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH paThiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;8. The girls will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिकाः पठिष्यन्ति&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH paThiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;9. Students will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्राः पठिष्यन्ति&lt;br /&gt; chchhaatraaH paThiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;10. Clearks will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकाराः पठिष्यन्ति&lt;br /&gt; lipikaaraaH paThiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;11. The boys will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकाः गमिष्यन्ति&lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH gamiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;12. The girls will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिकाः गमिष्यन्ति&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH gamiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
In
 setences 1 to 6, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd person singular
 (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). As the verb always 
follows the number and peson, the verb (पठति / paThati) is also in 3rd 
person singular (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 In case of setences 7 to 12, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd 
person plural (प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / prathamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
Similarly the verb (पठन्ति / paThanti) is also in प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / 
prathamapuruSha vahuvachana of verb पठ् (paTh). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; All the above 
sentences were in third person (प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha). Now let 
us study the following sentences. These are in second person (मध्यमपुरुष
 / madhyamapuruSha) and first person (उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - Second Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; भविष्यतकाल मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / bhaviShyatakaala madhyamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;13. You will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं गमिष्यसि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n gamiShyasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;14. You will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;त्वं पठिष्यसि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n paThiShyasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - First Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; भविष्यतकाल उत्तमपुरुष एकवचन / bhaviShyatakaala uttamapuruSha ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;15. I will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं गमिष्यामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n gamiShyaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;16. I will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अहं पठिष्यामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n paThiShyaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - Second Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; भविष्यतकाल मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / bhaviShyatakaala madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;17. You all will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं गमिष्यथ &lt;br /&gt; yua.n gamiShyatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;18. You all will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युयं पठिष्यथ &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paThiShyatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - First Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; भविष्यतकाल उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / bhaviShyatakaala uttamapuruSha vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;19. We all will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं गमिष्यामः &lt;br /&gt; vaya.n gamiShyaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;20. We all will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वयं पठिष्यामः &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paThiShyaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
In
 sentences 13 and 14 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person singular 
(मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / madhyamapuruSha ekavachana) and in case of 17 and 18
 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person plural (मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / 
madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana). We can see that in all these sentences the
 Subject used is युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). In case of second 
person the kartaa is always युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; In 
sentences 15 and 16 the Subject is in first person singular (उत्तमपुरुष 
एकवचन / uttamapuruSha ekavachana). In case of 19 and 20 the Subject is 
in first person plural (उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / uttamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
In all these sentences the Subjects used is अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द 
(shabda). In case of first person the kartaa is always अस्मद् (asmad) 
शब्द (shabda). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; You may have observed that the verb forms in 
future tense (लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara) are similar to present tense 
(लट्लकार / laTlakaara) with a minor deviation. In case of a पठ् धातु 
(paTh dhaatu), the लृट्लकार form can be derived from the लट्लकार form by
 inserting इष्य (iShya) before the तिप् (tip) end. For most verb forms 
this is true. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Rule: For most verbs, the लृट्लकार form can be 
derived from the लट्लकार form by inserting इष्य (iShya) before the तिप् 
(tip) end. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; However some verbs take a slightly different form in
 their overall formation. In case of गम् धातु (gam dhaatu) instead of 
गच्छिष्तति / gachchhiShyati the correct form is गमिष्यति / gamiShyati 
and so on. This deviations should be kept in mind for such specific 
verbs. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The followings are the dual number form of above sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Comments&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Future Tense - Dual &lt;br /&gt; भविष्यतकाल द्विवचन / bhaviShyatakaala dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;21. Two boys will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकौ पठिष्यतः &lt;br /&gt; baalakau paThiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;22. Two girls will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिके पठिष्यतः&lt;br /&gt; vaalike paThiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;23. Two boys will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालकौ गमिष्यतः &lt;br /&gt; baalakau gamiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;24. Two girls will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिके गमिष्यतः&lt;br /&gt; vaalike gamiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;25. Two students will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्रौ पठिष्यतः &lt;br /&gt;chchhatrau paThiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;26. Two clearks will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकारौ पठिष्यतः&lt;br /&gt; lipikaarau paThiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;27. Both of you will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युवां गमिष्यथः &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n gamiShyathaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;28. Both of you will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युवां पठिष्यथः &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n paThiShyathaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;29. Both of us will go.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;आवां गमिष्यावः &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n gamiShyaavaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गम् &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;30. Both of us will read.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;आवां पठिष्यावः &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n paThiShyaavaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठ् &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
At the end of this chapter in &lt;a data-mce-href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot; href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot;&gt;Verb Forms - Practice Sentences 1&lt;/a&gt;
 a collection of many Sanskrit sentences using लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara 
are given. You will know about many more nouns (शब्द / shabda) and verbs
 (धातु / dhaatu) in those. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; In the next chapter we will study लङ्लकार (laN^lakaara) or past tense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Read / पठ् / paTh : लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara&lt;br /&gt; (Future tense / भविष्यतकाल / bhaviShyatakaala)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यति / paThiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यतः / paThiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यन्ति / paThiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यसि / paThiShyasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यथः / paThiShyathaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यथ / paThiShyatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यामि / paThiShyaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यावः / paThiShyaabaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;पठिष्यामः / paThiShyaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; id=&quot;Table5&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Go / गम् / gam : लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara&lt;br /&gt; (Future tense / भविष्यतकाल / bhaviShyatakaala)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यति / gamiShyati&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यतः / gamiShyataH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यन्ति / gamiShyanti&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यसि / gamiShyasi&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यथः / gamiShyathaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यथ / gamiShyatha&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यामि / gamiShyaami&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यावः / gamiShyaavaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td&gt;गमिष्यामः / gamiShyaamaH&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/lrritlakaara-future-tense.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-8700896060123843111</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 12:59:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T05:59:35.960-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">present tense</category><title>लट्लकार / laTlakaara (Present Tense)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
लट्लकार (laTlakaara) represents verb-forms in present tense (वर्तमानकाल / vartamaanakaala). So, while forming 
a sentence which is in present tense, the verb (क्रिया / kriaa) has to be in लट्लकार (laTlakaara).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The complete लट्लकार / laTlakaara of पठ् / paTh (read) and गम् / gam (go) धातु / dhaatu are given at the end of
this chapter for reference. Study the following sentences. These are in वर्तमानकाल (vartamaanakaala) or 
present tense.

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; आङ्ग्लभाषा / English &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; संस्कृत / Sanskrit &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Comments&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - Third Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / vartamaanakaala prathamapuruSha ekavachana &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 1. The boy is reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; बालकः पठति &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH paThati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 2. The girl is reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिका पठति&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa paThati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 3. Rama is reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  रामः पठति&lt;br /&gt; raamaH paThati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  राम &lt;br /&gt; raama&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 4. Sita is reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  सीता पठति &lt;br /&gt; siitaa paThati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  सीता&lt;br /&gt; siitaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 5. The boy is going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकः गह्छति&lt;br /&gt; baalakaH gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 6. The girl is going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिका गह्छति&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - Third Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / vartamaanakaala prathamapuruSha vahuvachana &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 7. The boys are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकाः पठन्ति&lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH paThanti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 8. The girls are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिकाः पठन्ति &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH paThati &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 9. Students are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  च्छात्राः पठन्ति &lt;br /&gt;chchhaatraaH paThati &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 10. Clearks are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  लिपिकाराः पठन्ति&lt;br /&gt; lipikaaraaH paThanti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 11. The boys are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकाः गच्छन्ति&lt;br /&gt; baalakaaH gachchhanti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 12. The girls are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिकाः गच्छन्ति &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaaH gachchhanti &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   वालिका&lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
In setences 1 to 6, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd person singular (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). 
As the verb always follows the number and peson, the verb (पठति / paThati) is also in 3rd person 
singular (प्रथमपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In case of setences 7 to 12, the Subject (कर्ता / kartaa) is in 3rd 
person plural (प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / prathamapuruSha vahuvachana). 
Similarly the verb (पठन्ति / paThanti) is also in प्रथमपुरुष वहुवचन / 
prathamapuruSha vahuvachana of verb पठ् (paTh).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

One thing we can note that the gender of Subject does not affect the verb-form in use. Only the number and 
person are followed by verb. In case sentences 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10 and 11 the Subject are in musculine (पुङ्लिन्ग / puN^linga) 
gender. In case of sentences 2, 4, 6, 8, and 12 the Subject are in feminine (स्त्रीलिङ्ग / striiliN^ga). However in neither 
case the verb depends upon the gender.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All the above sentences were in third person (प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha). Now let us study the following sentences. 
These are in second person (मध्यमपुरुष / madhyamapuruSha) and first person (उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; आङ्ग्लभाषा / English &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; संस्कृत / Sanskrit &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Comments&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - Second Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल मध्यमपुरुष/ एकवचन / vartamaanakaala madhyamapuruSha ekavachana &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 13. You are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; त्वं गच्छसि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n gachchhasi&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 14. You are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; त्वं पठसि &lt;br /&gt; tva.n paThasi&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - First Person Singular &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल उत्तमपुरुष एकवचन / vartamaanakaala uttamapuruSha ekavachana &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 15. I am going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; अहं गच्छामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n gachchhaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 16. I am reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; अहं पठामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n paThaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - Second Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन  / vartamaanakaala madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 17. You all are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युयं गच्छथ &lt;br /&gt; yua.n gachchhatha&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद्  &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 18. You all are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युयं पठथ &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paThatha&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद्  &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - First Person Plural &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन  / vartamaanakaala uttamapuruSha vahuvachana &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 19. We all are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; वयं गच्छामः &lt;br /&gt; vaya.n gachchhaamaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 20. We all are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; वयं पठामः &lt;br /&gt; yua.n paThaamaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
In sentences 13 and 14 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person singular (मध्यमपुरुष एकवचन / madhyamapuruSha ekavachana)
and in case of 17 and 18 the Subject (kartaa) is in second person plural (मध्यमपुरुष वहुवचन / madhyamapuruSha vahuvachana).
We can see that in all these sentences the Subject used is युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda). In case of second person the
kartaa is always युस्मद् (yusmad) शब्द (shabda).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

In sentences 15 and 16 the Subject is in first person singular (उत्तमपुरुष एकवचन / uttamapuruSha ekavachana). In case of 
19 and 20 the Subject is in first person plural (उत्तमपुरुष वहुवचन / uttamapuruSha vahuvachana). In all these sentences 
the Subjects used is अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द (shabda). In case of first person the kartaa is always अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द (shabda).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

As we know unlike English or any other language, Sanskrit language has three different numbers viz., singular, 
plural and dual. This dual number is specific to Sanskrit and must be used accordingly. The followings are the 
dual number form of above sentences.
&lt;br /&gt;



&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; आङ्ग्लभाषा / English &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; संस्कृत / Sanskrit &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Subject &lt;br /&gt; शब्द / shabda&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Verb &lt;br /&gt; धातु / dhaatu&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; Comments&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot; colspan=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Present Tense - Dual &lt;br /&gt; वर्तमानकाल द्विवचन / vartamaanakaala dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 21. Two boys are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; बालकौ पठतः &lt;br /&gt; baalakau paThataH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 22. Two girls are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिके पठतः&lt;br /&gt; vaalike paThataH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका&lt;br /&gt;vaalikaa &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 23. Two boys are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  बालकौ गच्छतः &lt;br /&gt; baalakau gachchhataH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  बालक &lt;br /&gt; baalaka&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 24. Two girls are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  वालिके गच्छतः&lt;br /&gt; vaalike gachchhataH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  वालिका &lt;br /&gt; vaalikaa&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्  &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 25. Two students are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  च्छात्रौ पठतः &lt;br /&gt;chchhatrau paThataH &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  च्छात्र &lt;br /&gt; chchhaatra&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 26. Two clearks are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  लिपिकारौ पठतः&lt;br /&gt; lipikaarau paThataH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  लिपिकार&lt;br /&gt; lipikaara&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  पठ्  &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 27. Both of you are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युवां गच्छथः &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n gachchhathaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 28. Both of you are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; युवां पठथः &lt;br /&gt; yuvaa.n paThathaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; युस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; yusmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 29. Both of us are going.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; आवां गच्छावः  &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n gachchhaavaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;  गम्   &lt;br /&gt; gam&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; 30. Both of us are reading.&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt; आवां  पठावः &lt;br /&gt; aavaa.n paThaavaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt; अस्मद् &lt;br /&gt; asmad&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;   पठ्   &lt;br /&gt; paTh&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;  - &lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
At the end of this chapter in &lt;a href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-verb-practice1.aspx?section=studies&quot;&gt;Verb Forms - Practice Sentences 1&lt;/a&gt;
 a collection of many Sanskrit sentences using लट्लकार / laTlakaara are given. You will know about many more 
 nouns (शब्द / shabda) and verbs (धातु / dhaatu) in those. 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next chapter we will study लृट्लकार (lRRiTlakaara) or future tense.
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;
                &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Read / पठ् / paTh : लट्लकार / laTlakaara&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                (Present tense / वर्तमानकाल / vartamaanakaala)
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठति / paThati&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठतः / paThataH&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठन्ति / paThanti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठसि / paThasi&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठथः / paThathaH&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठथ / paThatha&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठामि / paThaami&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठावः / paThaavaH&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठामः / paThaamaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table5&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;
                &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Go / गम् / gam : लट्लकार / laTlakaara&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                (Present tense / वर्तमानकाल / vartamaanakaala)
            &lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छति / gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छतः / gachchhataH&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छन्ति / gachchhanti&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छसि / gachchhasi&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छथः / gachchhathaH&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छथ / gachchhatha&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छामि / gachchhaami&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छावः / gachchhaavaH&lt;/td&gt;
            &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छामः / gachchhaamaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/latlakaara-present-tense.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-8030011430595315754</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 12:31:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T05:31:03.332-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">verbs</category><title>Verb Forms (तिङन्तपद / tiN^antapada):</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
In previous post, we were introduced with verb (क्रिया / kriyaa) and 
its use. We learnt that in Sanskrit धातु (dhaatu) is the base or root of
 all verbs. Each verb is a derivative or धातुरुप (dhaaturupa) of it&#39;s 
root. We also learnt that in a sentence the verb (धातु / dhaatu) always 
follows the person (पुरुष / puruSha) and number (वचन / vachana) in which
 the Subject or कर्ता (kartaa) is. Verb normally refers to action, 
state, existence or occurrence etc. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; In this chapter we will 
study the 5 mostly used verb-forms or लकार (lakaara) out of 10 
verb-forms that a verb can have. The 5 verb-forms covered are enough for
 day-to-day use of Sanskrit. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Verb or धातु (dhaatu) has 10 different तिङन्तपद (tiN^antapada) forms known as लकार (lakaara) and they are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;लट्लकार / laTlakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;लृट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;लङ्लकार / laN^lakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;आझयांलोट्लकार / aajhaayaa.nloTlakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;विधैलिङ्लकार / vidhailiN^lakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;लिट्लकार / liTlakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;लुट्लकार / lRRiTlakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;आशीलिङ्लकार / aashiiliN^lakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;लुङ्लकार / luN^lakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;लृङ्लकार / lRRiN^lakaara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 We will study the first 5 verb-forms in detail, in coming chapters. 
Followings are some common features of different लकार (lakaara) in 
Sanskrit. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Each लकार (lakaara) has verb-forms for three persons 
(पुरुष / puruSha) and three numbers (वचन / vachana). So, in total each 
लकार (lakaara) has 9 different verb-forms or धातुरुप (dhaaturupa) in it.
 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The persons are third person (प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha), 
second person (मध्यमपुरुष / madhyamapuruSha) and first person 
(उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha). धातुरुप (dhaaturupa) in first person 
(उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha) are always used with अस्मद् (asmad) शब्द 
i.e., &#39;Me&#39; as the Subject in the sentence. धातुरुप (dhaaturupa) in 
second person (मध्यमपुरुष / madhyamapuruSha) is always used with युस्मद्
 (yusmad) शब्द i.e., &#39;You&#39; as Subject in the sentence. The third person 
(प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha) is used in all other cases. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; 
Similarly each person (पुरुष / puruSha) has three numbers (वचन / 
vachana), which are singlar (एकवचन / ekavachana), dual (द्वीवचन / 
dviivachana) and plural (वहुवचन / vahuvachana). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The number (वचन
 / vachana) of the धातुरुप (dhaaturupa) always follows the number (वचन /
 vachana) of the Subject or शब्दरुप (shabdarupa) in the sentence. The 
gender (लिङ्ग / liN^ga) of the Subject does not affect the धातुरुप 
(dhaaturupa). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; In coming chapters we will study the different 
verb-forms (धातुरुप / dhaaturupa) in detail. For easier and simpler 
study while describing the different verb-forms we have used पठ् / paTh 
(read) and गम् / gam (go) धातु / dhaatu for sentence formation.&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/verb-forms-tinantapada.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-1391640763126478906</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 12:26:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T05:26:26.170-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">active voice</category><title>Active Voice (कर्तृवाच्य / kartRRIvaachya)</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
We will study &quot;Active Voice&quot; in this chapter with examples. Other two sentence formations will be covered 
in chapter 7 and 8 later. All subsequent chapters are in active voices except chapter 7 and 8.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Study the following statements.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आङ्ग्लभाषा / English&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;संस्कृत / Sanskrit&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Subject &lt;br /&gt;(कर्ता / kartaa)&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Verb &lt;br /&gt;(क्रिया / kriyaa)&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Object &lt;br /&gt;(कर्म / karma)&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;1. the boy is going&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;बालः गच्छति &lt;br /&gt; baalaH gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;the boy &lt;br /&gt;बालः / baalaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;going &lt;br /&gt; गच्छति / gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;2. i am going&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;अहं गच्छामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n gachchhami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;i am &lt;br /&gt;अहं / aha.n&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;going &lt;br /&gt; गच्छामि / gachchhami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;3. the boy is reading&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;बालः पठति &lt;br /&gt; baalaH pathati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;the boy &lt;br /&gt; बालः / baalaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;reading &lt;br /&gt; पठति / pathati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;4. i am reading&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;अहं पठामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n pathaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;i am &lt;br /&gt; अहं / aha.n&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;reading &lt;br /&gt; पठामि / pathaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;-&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;5. the boy is going to school&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;बालः विद्यालयम् गच्छति &lt;br /&gt; baalaH vidyaalayam gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;the boy &lt;br /&gt;बालः / baalaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;going &lt;br /&gt; गच्छति / gachchhati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;to school &lt;br /&gt; विद्यालयम् / vidyaalayam&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;6. i am going to school&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;अहं विद्यालम् गच्छामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n vidyaalayam gachchhami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;i am &lt;br /&gt; अहं / aha.n&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;going &lt;br /&gt; गच्छामि / gachchhami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;to school &lt;br /&gt; विद्यालयम् / vidyaalayam&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;7. the boy is reading the book&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;बालकः पुस्तकम् पठति &lt;br /&gt; baalakaH pustakam paThati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;the boy &lt;br /&gt; बालकः / baalakaH&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;reading &lt;br /&gt; पठति / pathati&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;the book &lt;br /&gt; पुस्तकम् / pustakam&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;8. i am reading the book&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;अहं पुस्तकम् पठामि &lt;br /&gt; aha.n pustakam paThaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;i am &lt;br /&gt; अहं / aha.n&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;reading &lt;br /&gt; पठामि / pathaami&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;td&gt;the book &lt;br /&gt; पुस्तकम् / pustakam&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are all examples of Active Voice or कर्तृवाच्य (kartRRivaachya). 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sentence 1 to 4 do not have any &quot;Object&quot; or कर्म (karma) in them. So these are intransitive or 
अकर्म कर्तृवाच्य (akarmaka kartRRivachya). 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
    &lt;u&gt;Rule 5&lt;/u&gt;: In a कर्तृवाच्य (kartRRivaachya) the &quot;Subject&quot; or कर्ता (kartaa) is always in the &quot;nominative case&quot; or 
    प्रथमा विभक्ति (prathamaa vibhakti).
&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Sentence 5 to 8 have &quot;Object&quot; or कर्म (karma) like विद्यालयम् (vidyaalayam), पुस्तकम् (pustakam) in them. So, these 
are transitive or सकर्मक कर्तृवाच्य (sakarmaka kartRRivachya). 

&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
    &lt;u&gt;Rule 6&lt;/u&gt;: In a कर्तृवाच्य (kartRRivaachya) the &quot;Object&quot; or कर्म (karma) is always in the
     &quot;accusative case&quot; or द्वितीया विभक्ति (dvitiiyaa vibhakti).
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/active-voice-kartrrivaachya.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>1</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-2949040860690727023</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 12:24:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T05:24:22.153-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">sanskrit grammar</category><title>Sanskrit Grammar Tutorial </title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Introduction: &lt;/span&gt; Sanskrit language has scripts or alphabets for writing, 
and grammatical rules for sentence formation, just like any other language (English for example). In this 
chapter we will get an overview of this. The details with their grammatical rules will be covered in 
subsequent chapters.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
 &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Alphabets &amp;amp; Their Classification:&lt;/span&gt; In Sanskrit language &lt;i&gt;Devanagari 
Script&lt;/i&gt; is the mostly used script for writing. Most of the Sanskrit literature are in this script. 
Following is the list of the alphabets in their correct order.

&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
 &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;अ&lt;br /&gt;a&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आ&lt;br /&gt;aa&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;इ&lt;br /&gt;i&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ई&lt;br /&gt;ii&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;उ&lt;br /&gt;u&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ऊ&lt;br /&gt;uu&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ऋ&lt;br /&gt;RRi&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ॠ&lt;br /&gt;RRI&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ए&lt;br /&gt;e&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ऐ&lt;br /&gt;ai&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ओ&lt;br /&gt;o&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;औ&lt;br /&gt;au&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;क&lt;br /&gt;k&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ख&lt;br /&gt;kh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ग&lt;br /&gt;g&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;घ&lt;br /&gt;gh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ङ&lt;br /&gt;N^&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;च&lt;br /&gt;ch&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;छ&lt;br /&gt;chh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ज&lt;br /&gt;j&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;झ&lt;br /&gt;jh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ञ&lt;br /&gt;JN&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ट&lt;br /&gt;T&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ठ&lt;br /&gt;Th&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ड&lt;br /&gt;D&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ढ&lt;br /&gt;Dh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ण&lt;br /&gt;N&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;त&lt;br /&gt;t&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;थ&lt;br /&gt;th&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;द&lt;br /&gt;d&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ध&lt;br /&gt;dh&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;न&lt;br /&gt;n&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;प&lt;br /&gt;p&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फ&lt;br /&gt;ph&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ब&lt;br /&gt;b&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;भ&lt;br /&gt;bh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;म&lt;br /&gt;m&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;य&lt;br /&gt;y&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;र&lt;br /&gt;r&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ल&lt;br /&gt;l&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;व&lt;br /&gt;v&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;श&lt;br /&gt;sh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ष&lt;br /&gt;Sh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;स&lt;br /&gt;s&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ह&lt;br /&gt;h&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;क्ष&lt;br /&gt;ksh&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ज्ञ&lt;br /&gt;dny&lt;/td&gt;
 &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

All these alphabets are classified into two major groups i.e.,
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold1&quot;&gt;Vowels or स्वरवर्ण (svaravarNa): &lt;/span&gt;Alphabets starting from अ (a) 
  till औ (au) are the vowels. These are further classified into ह्रस्व (hrasva) and दीर्घ (diirgha). 
  The दीर्घ (diirgha) are pronounced double the length (or time) of ह्रस्व (hrasva).
  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table2&quot; style=&quot;width: 60%px;&quot;&gt;
   &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ह्रस्व &lt;br /&gt;hrasva&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;अ&lt;br /&gt;a&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आ&lt;br /&gt;aa&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;इ&lt;br /&gt;i&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;उ&lt;br /&gt;u&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ए&lt;br /&gt;e&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ऐ&lt;br /&gt;ai&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ओ&lt;br /&gt;o&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;औ&lt;br /&gt;au
   &lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;दीर्घ&lt;br /&gt;diirgha&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ई&lt;br /&gt;ii&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ऊ&lt;br /&gt;uu&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ऋ&lt;br /&gt;RRi&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ॠ&lt;br /&gt;RRI&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold1&quot;&gt;Consonants or व्यञ्जनवर्ण (vyaJNjanavarNa): &lt;/span&gt;Alphabets starting 
  from क (k) till ज्ञ (dny) are the consonants. Some of the consonants are further classified into 
  different groups called  वर्ग (varga). Following table has this classification. Some of the 
  gramatical rules for &lt;i&gt;Euphonic Combination&lt;/i&gt; or  सन्धि  (sandhi) and &lt;i&gt;Compound Words&lt;/i&gt; 
  or समास (samaasa) are based on these वर्ग (varga).
  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;contentPlain&quot; id=&quot;Table3&quot; style=&quot;width: 60%px;&quot;&gt;
   &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;कवर्ग&lt;br /&gt;kavarga&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;क&lt;br /&gt;k&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ख&lt;br /&gt;kh&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ग&lt;br /&gt;g&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;घ&lt;br /&gt;gh&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ङ&lt;br /&gt;N^&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;चवर्ग&lt;br /&gt;chaavarga&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;च&lt;br /&gt;ch&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;छ&lt;br /&gt;chh&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ज&lt;br /&gt;j&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;झ&lt;br /&gt;jh&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ञ&lt;br /&gt;JN&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;टवर्ग&lt;br /&gt;Taavarga&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ट&lt;br /&gt;T&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ठ&lt;br /&gt;Th&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ड&lt;br /&gt;D&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ढ&lt;br /&gt;Dh&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ण&lt;br /&gt;N&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;तवर्ग&lt;br /&gt;tavarga&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;त&lt;br /&gt;t&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;थ&lt;br /&gt;th&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;द&lt;br /&gt;d&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ध&lt;br /&gt;dh&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;न&lt;br /&gt;n&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पवर्ग&lt;br /&gt;pavarga&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;प&lt;br /&gt;p&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;फ&lt;br /&gt;ph&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ब&lt;br /&gt;b&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;भ&lt;br /&gt;bh&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;म&lt;br /&gt;m&lt;/td&gt;
   &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
We will refere these classifications, while covering the &lt;i&gt;Euphonic Combination&lt;/i&gt; 
or  सन्धि  (sandhi) and &lt;i&gt;Compound Words&lt;/i&gt; or समास (samaasa). 


&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Sentence Formation Overview:&lt;/span&gt; 
In Sanskrit just like any other language (English for example) a sentence 
is made of different elements. The elements are &quot;Subject&quot;, &quot;Object&quot;, and &quot;Verb&quot;. A 
sentence may or may not have an Object in it.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lets study the following English sentence to understand these basic elements better. 
&lt;br /&gt;

      &lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;&lt;i&gt;        The boy is reading a book.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
In the sentence &quot;boy&quot; is the &quot;Subject&quot;, &quot;reading&quot; is &quot;Verb&quot; and the &quot;book&quot; is the &quot;Object&quot;.
&lt;pre&gt;        The boy is               reading               a book.
            ---                  -------                 -----
      |                      |                      |
         Subject                  Verb                  Object
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If we ask the question &quot;who is reading?&quot;, the answer that comes is &quot;the boy&quot;. So,
                     the &quot;boy&quot; here is the Subject. It is also called the &quot;Noun&quot;. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The answer that comes in response to question &quot;what is the boy doing?&quot; is &quot;reading&quot;.
                     The &quot;reading&quot; here is the &quot;Verb&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Similarly the answer to &quot;what is the boy reading?&quot; is &quot;book&quot;. The &quot;book&quot; becomes
                     the &quot;Object&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                     Now study the following statement.
      
      &lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;&lt;i&gt;        The boy is laughing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
In the sentence &quot;boy&quot; is the &quot;Subject&quot;, &quot;laughing&quot; is &quot;Verb&quot;. But, there is no &quot;Object&quot; in this sentence.
&lt;pre&gt;        The boy is               laughing.
            ---                  -------
      |                      |
          Subject                  Verb
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If we ask the question &quot;what is the boy laughing?&quot;, no answer comes from this. 
                         So, laughing becomes an &quot;Intranstive Verb&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;li&gt;However in the first sentence &quot;what is the boy reading?&quot; gives answer &quot;book&quot;.
                         In this case the &quot;reading&quot; becomes a &quot;Transitive Verb&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
      Now that we have understood the basic elements of a  sentence, we will begin
                        with more details of Sanskrit language.
                        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                        In Sanskrit:
                        &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Subject is called&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; कर्ता  / kartaa&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Object is called&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; कर्म  / karma&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Verb is called&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; क्रिया / kriyaa&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Transitive Verb is called&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; सकर्मक / sakarmaka&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Intransitive Verb is called&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; अकर्मक / akarmaka&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
So, in the above statements:
      
&lt;pre&gt;        The boy is               reading                      a book.
            ---                  -------                        -----
      |                      |                             |
         Subject                  Verb                         Object
      |                      |                             |
         कर्ता/kartaa               क्रिया/kriyaa(सकर्मक / sakarmaka)   कर्म/karma 
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;        The boy is               laughing.
            ---                  -------
      |                      |
          Subject                  Verb
      |                      |
         कर्ता/kartaa               क्रिया/kriyaa (अकर्मक / akarmaka)
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
      
      
&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Words &amp;amp; Their Classification:&lt;/span&gt; In any language a sentence is 
madeup of multiple words composed in a well defined structure giving a sensible meaning to the 
sentence. These words can be categorised into three different types viz., 
    &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Noun&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Verb&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Indeclinable&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
Besides the above classifications nouns and verbs can also be part of following categories 
with minor derivations like addition of &#39;ility&#39;, &#39;ily&#39;, &#39;tion&#39;, &#39;ing&#39; etc., as well as based 
on their usage and grammatical rules:
    &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Pronoun&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Adjective&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Adverb&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
In Sanskrit also words are classified into similar categories. Following is a 
representation of the important classifications. We can see the classification is 
almost same as  any other language. Each classification has been described in the 
coming chapters.

&lt;pre&gt;                       |--------------- Noun Root (शब्द / shabda)
                       |                             |
                       |              ------------------------------
                       |             |                              |
                       |           सुवन्तपद                            तद्धितपद
                          |         suvantapada                   taddhitapada
                       |             |
                       |         ---------------------------------------------
                       |        |                    |                        |
  Word (पद / pada) ----|    Masculine             Feminine                   Neuter
                       |      पुलिङ्ग                   स्त्रीलिङ्ग                     नपुङ्सकलिन्ग
                          |    puliN^ga             striiliN^ga            napuN^sakalinga
                       |
                       |
                       |--------------- Verb Root (धातु / dhaatu)
                                                     |
                               ---------------------------------------------
                              |                                             |
                           तिङतपद                                              कृदन्तपद
                           tiN^atapada                                  kRRidantapada
                              |
           ------------------------------------------------------------
          |                             |                              |
       परस्मैपदी                          आत्मनेपदी                             उभयपदी
    parasmaipadii                  aatmanepadii                    ubhayapadii  
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Nouns (शब्द / shabda):&lt;/span&gt; 
Noun is the word that represents someone or something in a  sentence. Noun normally refers to person, 
place, thing, state or quality etc. A noun is the only word that can be used as the subject or object
 for a verb.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; 
Noun in Sanskrit is called 
शब्द (shabda) or &lt;i&gt;noun-root&lt;/i&gt;. It is also called कर्तृपद (kartRRipada). Noun can be classified into 
सुवन्तपद (suvantapada) and तद्धितपद (taddhitapada).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
 &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold1&quot;&gt;सुवन्तपद (suvantapada)&lt;/span&gt;: This classification is based on the gender, 
 number and case of the noun. The &lt;i&gt;noun-forms&lt;/i&gt; are used to express something or someone etc.
 सुवन्तपद or suvantapada meaning - words ending with सुप् (sup) suffix. 
 In this classification:
 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Nouns are categorised into three different &quot;genders&quot; (लिङ्ग / liN^ga) viz., 
   &quot;masculine&quot; (पुंलिङ्ग / pu.nliN^ga), &quot;feminine&quot; (स्त्रीलिङ्ग / striiliN^ga) and 
   &quot;neuter&quot; (नपुंसकलिङ्ग / napu.nsakaliN^ga).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Each noun also has three &quot;numbers&quot; (वचन / vachana) and 7 &quot;cases&quot; (विभक्ति / vibhakti).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 Each noun has a different derivation based on the &quot;number&quot; and &quot;case&quot;. Unlike other languages, in 
 Sanskrit the noun has its different forms built into itself. The &quot;noun base&quot; is called शब्द (shabda) 
 and the &quot;derived noun forms&quot; are called शब्दरुप (shabdarupa). So, in the previous statement बालक is 
 the &quot;base&quot; (शब्द / shabda) of noun &quot;BOY&quot; and बालकः is one of the derived 
 &lt;i&gt;noun forms&lt;/i&gt; (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa).
 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
 &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold1&quot;&gt;तद्धितपद (taddhitapada)&lt;/span&gt;: In this classification special 
 suffixes are added to the noun to get noun forms used as - subject, adjectives, indeclinable etc.
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
We will start with first 2 cases and all three numbers of सुवन्तपद (suvantapada) BOY (बालक / baalaka) 
and GIRL (वाला / vaalaa) शब्द / shabda. Once we know how to use noun forms (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa) in 
sentences, we will cover all the cases and their usage rules.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table4&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Boy / बालक / baalaka (Masculine / पुंलिङ्ग / pu.nliN^ga)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Case&lt;br /&gt;विभक्ति / vibhakti&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular&lt;br /&gt;एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual&lt;br /&gt;स्विवचन / dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural&lt;br /&gt;वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Nominative (Subject)&lt;br /&gt; प्रथमा / prathamaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालकः  / baalakaH&lt;br /&gt;(the boy)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालकौ / baalakau&lt;br /&gt;(two boys)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालकाः / baalakaaH&lt;br /&gt;(the boys)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Accusative (Object)&lt;br /&gt;द्वितीया / dvitiiyaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालकम् / baalakam&lt;br /&gt;(to the boy)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालकौ / balakau&lt;br /&gt;(to two boys)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;बालकान् / baalakaan&lt;br /&gt;(to the boys)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table5&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Girl / वाला / vaalaa (Femenine / स्त्रीलिङ्ग / striiliN^ga)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Case&lt;br /&gt;विभक्ति / vibhakti&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular&lt;br /&gt;एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual&lt;br /&gt;स्विवचन / dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural&lt;br /&gt;वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Nominative (Subject)&lt;br /&gt; प्रथमा / prathamaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;वाला / vaalaa&lt;br /&gt;(the girl)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;वाले / vaale&lt;br /&gt;(two girls)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;वालाः / vaalaaH&lt;br /&gt;(the girls)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Accusative (Object)&lt;br /&gt;द्वितीया / dvitiiyaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;वालाम् / vaalaam&lt;br /&gt;(to the girl)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;वाले / valae&lt;br /&gt;(to two girls)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;वालाः / vaalaaH&lt;br /&gt;(to the girls)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                        Examples of noun form (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa):
                            &lt;ul class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The boy&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; बालकः &amp;nbsp;/ baalakaH&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Many boys&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; बालकाः &amp;nbsp;/ baalakaaH&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To the boy&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; बालकम् &amp;nbsp;/ baalakam&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To the boys -&amp;gt; बालकान् &amp;nbsp;/ baalakaan&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The girl&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; वाला &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;/ vaalaa&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Many girls&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; वालाः &amp;nbsp;/ vaalaaH&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To the girl&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;-&amp;gt; वालाम् &amp;nbsp;/ vaalaam&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;To the girls -&amp;gt; वालाः &amp;nbsp;/ vaalaaH&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
The complete noun form (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa) 
for बालक शब्द (baalaka shabda) will have 7 different forms 
                        for each number. The singular forms include &quot;&lt;u&gt;the&lt;/u&gt; boy&quot;, &quot;&lt;u&gt;to&lt;/u&gt; the boy&quot;, 
                        &quot;&lt;u&gt;by&lt;/u&gt; the boy&quot;, &quot;&lt;u&gt;for/to&lt;/u&gt; the boy&quot;, &quot;&lt;u&gt;from&lt;/u&gt; the boy&quot;, 
                        &quot;&lt;u&gt;of&lt;/u&gt; the boy&quot;, and &quot;&lt;u&gt;in&lt;/u&gt; the boy&quot;. Besides these 7 forms an additional 
                        vocative (&quot;&lt;u&gt;O!&lt;/u&gt; boy&quot;) case is also their.
                        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                        All these we will study in detail in coming chapters. The complete शब्दरुप (shabdarupa) is 
                        listed in &lt;a href=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/studies/grammar-shabda.aspx?section=studies&quot;&gt;Chapter 11&lt;/a&gt;.
                        
                        &lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
      Followings are few more nouns (शब्दरुप / shabdarupa). We will use these in sentences later in this chapter.
                        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table6&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;School / विद्यालय / vidyaalaya (Masculine / पुंलिङ्ग / pu.nliN^ga)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Case&lt;br /&gt;विभक्ति / vibhakti&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular&lt;br /&gt;एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual&lt;br /&gt;स्विवचन / dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural&lt;br /&gt;वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Nominative&lt;br /&gt; प्रथमा / prathamaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;विद्यालयः / vidyaalayaH&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;विद्यालयौ / vidyaalayau&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;विद्यालयाः / vidyaalayaaH&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Accusative&lt;br /&gt;द्वितीया / dvitiiyaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;विद्यालयम् / vidyaalayam&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;विद्यालयौ / vidyaalayau&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;विद्यालयान् / vidyaalayaan&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                            &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table7&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Book / पुस्तक / pustaka (Nuter / नपुंसकलिङ्ग / napu.nsakaliN^ga)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Case&lt;br /&gt;विभक्ति / vibhakti&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular&lt;br /&gt;एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual&lt;br /&gt;स्विवचन / dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural&lt;br /&gt;वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Nominative&lt;br /&gt; प्रथमा / prathamaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पुस्तकम् / pustakam&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पुस्तके / pustake&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पुस्तकानि / pustakaani&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Accusative&lt;br /&gt;द्वितीया / dvitiiyaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पुस्तकम् / pustakam&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पुस्तके / pustake&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पुस्तकानि / pustakaani&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;*** In अकारान्त / akaaraanta nuter (नपुंसकलिङ्ग / napu.nsakaliN^ga), both Nominative and Accusative cases have the same form.&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                            &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table8&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Me / अस्मद् / asmad (All Genders / त्रिलिङ्गक / triliN^gaka)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Case&lt;br /&gt;विभक्ति / vibhakti&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular&lt;br /&gt;एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual&lt;br /&gt;स्विवचन / dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural&lt;br /&gt;वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Nominative&lt;br /&gt; प्रथमा / prathamaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;अहम् / aham &lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आवाम् / aavaam &lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;वयम् / vayam &lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Accusative&lt;br /&gt;द्वितीया / dvitiiyaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;माम् / maam &lt;br /&gt;मा / maa &lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;आवाम् / aavaam &lt;br /&gt; नौ / nau &lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;अस्मान् / asmaan &lt;br /&gt;नः / naH &lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                            &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table9&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;You / युस्मद् / yusmad (All Genders / त्रिलिङ्गक / triliN^gaka)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Case&lt;br /&gt;विभक्ति / vibhakti&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular&lt;br /&gt;एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual&lt;br /&gt;स्विवचन / dvivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural&lt;br /&gt;वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Nominative&lt;br /&gt; प्रथमा / prathamaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;त्वम् / tvam &lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;युवाम् / yuvaam &lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;यूयम् / yuuyam &lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Accusative&lt;br /&gt;द्वितीया / dvitiiyaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;त्वाम् / tvaam&lt;br /&gt;त्वा / tvaa&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;युवाम् / yuvaam&lt;br /&gt;वाम् / vaam&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;युष्मान् / yuShmaan&lt;br /&gt;वः / vaH&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Pronouns (सर्वनाम पद / sarvanaama pada):&lt;/span&gt; Words like he, she, this,
that, these etc., are called pronoun. Pronouns in Sanskrit are called सर्वनाम पद (sarvanaama pada). 
The rules for pronouns are exactly same as the nouns (शब्द / shabda). 
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Verb (धातु / dhaatu):&lt;/span&gt; 
Verb normally refers to action, state, existence or occurrence etc. 
Verb in Sanskrit is called धातु (dhaatu) or &lt;i&gt;verb root&lt;/i&gt;. It is also known as क्रियापद (kriyaapada). 
It can be classified into तिङतपद (tiN^atapada) and कृदन्तपद (kRRidantapada).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold1&quot;&gt;तिङतपद (tiN^atapada)&lt;/span&gt;: This classification is based on the 
  tense and mood of the verb. The verb-forms are used as normal verbs to express some action 
  or state etc. तिङतपद or tiN^atapada meaning - words ending with तिप् (tip) suffix. In this 
  classification:
  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Each Verb can have any of the 10 tenses (लकार / lakaara). Howver only 5 are 
         enough to use Sanskrit in daily life. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Each verb can be of three different numbers, Singular (एकवचन / ekavachana), 
          Dual (द्वीवचन / dviivachana) and Plural (वहुवचन / vahuvachana). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Each verb can be of three persons viz., Third (प्रथम / prathama), 
          Second (मध्यम / madhyama) and First (उत्तम / uttama). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Each verb can belong to categories परस्मैपदी (parasmaipadii), 
         आत्मनेपदी (aatmanepadii) or उभयपदी (ubhayapadii). Verbs of परस्मैपदी (parasmaipadii)
         category represent &#39;action whose result is for others&#39;. आत्मनेपदी (aatmanepadii)
         represents &#39;action whose result is for self&#39;, and उभयपदी (ubhayapadii) represents
         &#39;action whose result is both for others and self&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
Just like noun (शब्द / shabda), each verb (धातु / dhaatu) also has different derivations based on the 
  &quot;tense&quot;, &quot;number&#39; and &quot;person&quot;. This is called &quot;verb form&quot; (धातुरुप / dhaaturupa). The &lt;i&gt;verb-forms&lt;/i&gt; differ
  based on this category. The &quot;root&quot; of a verb is called धातु (dhaatu). धातु (dhaatu) does not have any &quot;gender&quot;.
  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
  &lt;span class=&quot;contentBold1&quot;&gt;कृदन्तपद (kRRidantapada)&lt;/span&gt;: In this classification special suffixes 
  are added to the verb to get verb-forms used as - subject, pronoun, adjectives, indeclinable etc.
 &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Followings are the तिङतपद (tiN^atapada) &lt;i&gt;verb-forms&lt;/i&gt; (धातुरुप / dhaatutupa) of READ (पठ् / paTH) धातु (dhaatu) 
and GO (गम् / gam) धातु (dhaatu)  in present tense (लट्लकार / laTlakaara). Once we are acquainted with 
the verb usage in a sentence, we will cover all other different forms.

&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
                        &lt;/div&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table10&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Read / पठ् / paTh&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठति / paThati&lt;br /&gt;(is reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठतः / paThataH&lt;br /&gt;(both are reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठन्ति / paThanti&lt;br /&gt;(many are reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठसि / paThasi&lt;br /&gt;(you are reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठथः / paThathaH&lt;br /&gt;(you two are reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठथ / paThatha&lt;br /&gt;(you all reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठामि / paThaami&lt;br /&gt;(i am reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठावः / paThaavaH&lt;br /&gt;(both of us reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;पठामः / paThaamaH&lt;br /&gt;(all of us reading)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;1&quot; class=&quot;content&quot; id=&quot;Table11&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
                            &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Go / गम् / gam&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Person / पुरुष / puruSha&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; colspan=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Number / वचन / vachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Singular &lt;br /&gt; एकवचन / ekavachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dual &lt;br /&gt; द्वीवचन / dviivachana&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Plural &lt;br /&gt; वहुवचन / vahuvachana&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Third &lt;br /&gt; प्रथम / prathama&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छति / gachchhati&lt;br /&gt;(is going)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छतः / gachchhataH&lt;br /&gt;(both are going)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छन्ति / gachchhanti&lt;br /&gt;(many are going)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Second &lt;br /&gt; मध्यम / madhyama&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छसि / gachchhasi&lt;br /&gt;(you are going)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छथः / gachchhathaH&lt;br /&gt;(you two are going)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छथ / gachchhatha&lt;br /&gt;(you all are going)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;First &lt;br /&gt; उत्तम / uttama&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छामि / gachchhaami&lt;br /&gt;(i am going)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छावः / gachchhaavaH&lt;br /&gt;(both of us going)&lt;/td&gt;
                                &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;गच्छामः / gachchhaamaH&lt;br /&gt;(all of us going)&lt;/td&gt;
                            &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;

Lets study a sample use of shabdarupa and dhaaturupa using the above. These will help in learning the sentence 
formation rules. 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;        &lt;i&gt;the boy is reading&lt;/i&gt;   - बालकः पठति / baalakaH paThati
        &lt;i&gt;the boys are reading&lt;/i&gt; - बालकाः पठन्ति / baalakaaH paThanti

        &lt;i&gt;the girl is reading&lt;/i&gt;   - वाला पठति / vaala paThati
        &lt;i&gt;the girls are reading&lt;/i&gt; - वालाः पठन्ति / vaalaaH paThanti
        
        &lt;i&gt;you are reading&lt;/i&gt;     - त्वं पठसि / tvam   paThasi
        &lt;i&gt;you all are reading&lt;/i&gt; - युयं पठथ / yuyam paThata

        &lt;i&gt;i am reading&lt;/i&gt;   - अहं पठामि / aham paThaami
        &lt;i&gt;we are reading&lt;/i&gt; - वयं पठामः / vayam paThaamaH
&lt;/pre&gt;
All the sentences above have the &quot;Subject&quot; (कर्ता / kartaa) and a &quot;Verb&quot; (क्रिया / kriyaa). In all the 
sentences, the number (वचन / vachana) and person (पुरुष / puruSha) of the &quot;Verb&quot; (क्रिया / kriyaa) match
number (वचन / vachana) and person (पुरुष / puruSha) of the &quot;Subject&quot; (कर्ता / kartaa). 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

Say in the sentence &quot;the boy is reading&quot; (बालकः पठति / baalakaH paThati), the &quot;boy&quot; (बालकः  / baalakaH) is in third
person singular (प्रथपपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana). Similarly the &quot;Verb&quot; (क्रिया / kriyaa) is also in 
third person singular (प्रथपपुरुष एकवचन / prathamapuruSha ekavachana).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

However the verb does not change if the gender of the &quot;Subject&quot; change. This can be seen in the sentence
&quot;the girl is reading&quot; (वाला पठति / vaalaa paThati).

&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
&lt;u&gt;Rule 1&lt;/u&gt;: The verb (धातु / dhaatu) always follows number (वचन / vachana) and person (पुरुष / puruSha)
of the noun (शब्द / shabda).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;u&gt;Rule 2&lt;/u&gt;: The verb (धातु / dhaatu) remains same irrespective of the gender (लिङ्ग / liN^ga) of the
&quot;Subject&quot; (कर्ता / kartaa).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;u&gt;Rule 3&lt;/u&gt;: The verb form (धातुरुप / dhaaturupa) is always in second person (मध्यमपुरुष / madhyamapuruSha), if the
noun used is अस्मद् शब्द (asmad shabda). The verb form (धातुरुप / dhaaturupa) is always in first 
person (उत्तमपुरुष / uttamapuruSha), if the noun used is युस्मद्  शब्द (yusmad shabda). All other nouns will always be
in third person (प्रथमपुरुष / prathamapuruSha).
&lt;/span&gt;


&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;

&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Indeclinable (अव्ययपद / avyayapada):&lt;/span&gt; Indeclinable in Sanskrit is called 
अव्ययपद (avyayapada). Unlike shabdarupa and dhaaturupa अव्ययपद / avyayapada do not change in its form. It 
remains same irrespective of gender, number, person and tense. Followings are few examples: 
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;           kutra / कुत्र   - where
           atra / कुत्र     - here
           tatra / तत्र   - there
           api / अपि      - too
&lt;/pre&gt;
Few sample statements using indeclinable (अव्ययपद / avyayapada):
&lt;pre&gt;           &lt;i&gt;where is the boy going&lt;/i&gt;   - बालकः कुत्र गच्छति / baalakaH kutra gachchhati
           &lt;i&gt;the boy is going there&lt;/i&gt;   - बालकः तत्र गच्छति / baalakaH tatra gachchhati
           
           &lt;i&gt;where are the boys going&lt;/i&gt; - बालकाः कुत्र गच्छन्ति / baalakaaH kutra gachchhanti
           &lt;i&gt;the boys are going there&lt;/i&gt; - बालकाः तत्र गच्छन्ति / baalakaaH tatra gachchhanti
&lt;/pre&gt;
Note that the अव्ययपद (avyayapada) remains the same irrespective of the number, and person of 
the &quot;Subject&quot; (कर्ता / kartaa).
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;span class=&quot;contentPlain&quot;&gt;
        &lt;u&gt;Rule 4&lt;/u&gt;: Indeclinables (अव्ययपद / avyayapada) never change in form and remain same irrespective of the
        person and number of the &quot;Subject&quot; (कर्ता /kartaa).
    &lt;/span&gt;



&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Adjective (विशेषण / visheShaNa):&lt;/span&gt; Adjective is the word that expresses 
an attribute or property of something or someone. Only nouns can be used adjectives. In Sanskrit it is 
called विशेषण (visheShaNa). Adjective always follows the gender (लिङ्ग / liN^ga) and number (वचन / vachana) 
of the subject or the word for which it is an adjective. Followings are few examples:

&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;           &lt;i&gt;blue sky&lt;/i&gt;    - निलः आकाशः / nilaH aakaashaH
           &lt;i&gt;white cloud&lt;/i&gt; - स्वेतः मेघः / svetaH meghaH
&lt;/pre&gt;
In above sentences the words blue and white represent an attribute of sky and cloud. So, these 
are adjectives for the words sky and cloud respectively.



&lt;div class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Voice (वाच्य / vaachya):&lt;/span&gt; In Sanskrit sentence can be in any of 
the following three voices. &#39;Impersonal Voice&#39; is specific to Sanskrit language only and this 
sentence formation is normally not seen in other languages like English.

&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;        1. Active voice or कर्तृवाच्य (kartRRI vaachya).
        2. Passive voice or कर्मवाच्य  (karma vaachya).
        3. Impersonal voice or भाववाच्य (bhava vaachya).
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we know the basics of Sanskrit sentence formation, their different elements, classification
of alphabets and words&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/sanskrit-grammar-tutorial_13.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-8920670004995702577</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 12:08:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-13T05:13:21.697-07:00</atom:updated><title>Devnagari SCRIPT</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Devnagari Script&lt;/span&gt; is the script that we use
          in Sanskrit language to represent the language in writing. Almost all major
          works have been written in this script. 
      &lt;br /&gt;
To read different Sanskrit books and writings etc., we need to know Devnagari script. 
          With this only we can understand the great works first hand, without needing a 
          translation into another language.
      &lt;br /&gt;
The following table lists all the alphabet in Devnagari script, along with the
          schema that is used to write Sanskrit words using English alphabet. It will help
          readers in starting to read Sanskrit texts. The table has four columns.
              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u&gt;Devnagari Script&lt;/u&gt;: This is the script in its original form without any 
                      combination with other scripts or symbols. The scripts change slightly
                      if they are combined with other scripts and symbols, and are called
                      &lt;u&gt;&lt;i&gt;yuktakshyara&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/u&gt;. Basic details of &lt;u&gt;yuktakshyara&lt;/u&gt; is available
                      after the table.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                      
                  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u&gt;ITRANS Transliteration&lt;/u&gt;: Using an English language keyboard, used in 
                      computers it is not possible to input any Sanskrit alphabates. ITRANS
                      is a transliteration scheme using which Sanskrit alphabates can be
                      input, using English alphabates. ITRANS uses single or combination of 
                      key strokes to output Sanskrit alphabates. This is the schema that is
                      used by 
                      Akshramala 
                      software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                      
                  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u&gt;English Transliteration&lt;/u&gt;: A standard English transliteration scheam is
                      also available to write Sanskrit using English alphabet. It is slightly
                      different from ITRANS, and is an international standard.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                      
                  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;u&gt;Pronunciation Guide&lt;/u&gt;: This gives sample English words, to indicate the way a
                      specific Sanskrit alphabet is pronounced. Whenever a word for the exact 
                      pronunciation is not available, the nearest possible word has been given.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;width: 100%px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Devnagari&lt;br /&gt;
Script&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;ITRANS&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;English&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
Guide&lt;/td&gt;
          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vowels&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/a.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;a&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;a&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;a as in up, rural.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/aa.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;aa&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;aa as in father.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/i.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;i&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;i&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;i as in fill, lily.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/ii.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ii&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;ii as in feed, meet.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/u.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;u&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;u&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;u as in full, bush.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/uu.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;uu&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;U&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;uu as in fool, tool.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/RRi.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;RRi&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;R^i&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;r as in Chr(i)stmas, where the i is not pronounced.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/R%5EI.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;RRI&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;R^I&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;r is the prolonged of r above.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/LLi.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;LLi&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;l as in fl(i)p where i is not pronounced. These r, l are vowels, to be &lt;br /&gt;
distinguished from the consonants r(a) and l(a),&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/e.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;e&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;e&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;e as in pray, they (always long).&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/ai.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ai&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ai&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;ai as in word I.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/o.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;o&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;o&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;o as in go, store.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/au.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;au&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;prolonged o as above.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/aM.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;aM&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;m as in glum.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/aH.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;aH&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;h as in the exclamation ah where the h is heard.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Consonants&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/k.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;k&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;k&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;k as in come, seek.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/kh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;kh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;kh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;kh as in khaki.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/g.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;g&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;g&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;g as in girl.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/gh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;gh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;gh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;gh as in aghast.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/N%5E.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N^&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;~N&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;n as in monkey, puncture.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/ch.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ch&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;c&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;c&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;c as in chum.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/chh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;chh&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Ch&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;C&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ch&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;ch as in Churchihill when it is not pronounced as two words but the &lt;br /&gt;
second ch is sounded with a special stress.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/j.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;j&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;j&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;j as in jump.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/jh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;jh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;jh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;jh as pronounced in jjjjhah, with a forceful expiration with hah.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/JN.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;JN ~n&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;n as in sinje.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/Ta.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;T&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;t as in term.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/Tha.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Th&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;th as in putting.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/Da.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;D&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;d as in double.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/Dha.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;Dh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;dh as in adhere.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/Na.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;N&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;n as in hunting.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/t.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;t&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;t&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;t as in path.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/th.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;th&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;th&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;th as in third.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/d.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;d&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;d&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;da as in that.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/dh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;dh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;dh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;dh pronounced with a deep expiration.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/n.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;n&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;n&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;n as in nut.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/p.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;p&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;p&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;p as in punish.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/ph.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ph&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ph&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;ph as in impose where p is harder.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/b.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;b&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;b&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;b as but.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/bh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;bh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;bh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;bh as in abhor.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/m.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;m&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;m&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;m as in mud.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/y.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;y&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;y&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;y as in loyal.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/r.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;r&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;r&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;r as in rub.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/l.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;l&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;l&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;l as in luck.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/v.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;v&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;w&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;v&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;v as in verb.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/sh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;sh&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;S&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;s as in shirt.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/shh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;shh&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Sh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;s as in sharp.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/s.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;s&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;s&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;s as in servant.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/h.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;h&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;h&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;h as in her.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/ksh.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;ksh&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;kSh&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/dny.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;dny&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;GY&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td class=&quot;content&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Symbols&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/OM.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;OM&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;AUM&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/symbol.N.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;.N&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/symbol.NM.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;.n&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;M&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/symbol.H.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;H&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/symbol.a.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;.a&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/symbol.h2.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;.h&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Vedic Accents&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/uddhata.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;\`&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/anuddhata.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;\_&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Other&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/LLIi.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;LLI&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/aa.c.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;aa.c&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/e.c.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;e.c&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot; class=&quot;contentBold3&quot; colspan=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Digits&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/0.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;0&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;0&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/1.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;1&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;1&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/2.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;2&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;2&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/3.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;3&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;3&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/4.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;4&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;4&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/5.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;5&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;5&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/6.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;6&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;6&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/7.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;7&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;7&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/8.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;8&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;8&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://samskrutam.com/samskrit/devnagari-scripts/9.bmp&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;9&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;9&lt;/td&gt;
              &lt;td&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;contentBold3&quot;&gt;Yuktakhsyara&lt;/span&gt; means combining one or more&amp;nbsp;letters
          together to get a new&amp;nbsp;word which is pronounced differently. The pronunciation becomes
          a combined pronunciation of combined letters.
          
      &lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/sanskrit-grammar-tutorial.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8076626450674230823.post-2605650721505422984</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 Oct 2012 11:03:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2012-10-11T04:03:37.683-07:00</atom:updated><title>Sanskrit Texts &amp; Scriptures</title><description>&lt;div dir=&quot;ltr&quot; style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; trbidi=&quot;on&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #555555; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 21px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;
There is no aspect of life that has been left out in Sanskrit literature. In their compositions the ancient scholars have given life to each aspect of life. One can feel every human emotion to its limits, enjoy nature’s beauty at its best, face challenges of life with valor, live a life of high moral values, live in a world of fantasy and lot more; all in Sanskrit literature and scriptures. One only needs to read these to enjoy the sweetness of these.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #555555; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 21px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;
In this section we will introduce some of the most famous Sanskrit literature texts and scriptures. Sometimes it is not possible to give much information on specific literary work, but we will cover as much as possible. We will also cover some of the texts not in Sanskrit language, but have very important place in Indian literature.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #555555; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 21px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;
Followings are few well known texts, in Sanskrit and other languages.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;ul style=&quot;background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #555555; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 21px; list-style-image: initial; list-style-position: initial; margin: 0px 0px 1.5em; outline: 0px; padding: 0px 0px 0px 30px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Veda, Upanisada &amp;amp; Purana&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Ramayana (Valmiki &amp;amp; Others)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Mahabharata&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Geeta Govinda&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Panchatantra &amp;amp; Hitopadesha&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Jataka Katha * (Pali)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Abhijanam Sakuntalam&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Meghaduttam&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Kumara Sambhavam&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Malavika Agnimitram&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Karna Bhara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Chanakya Neeti&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li style=&quot;background-color: transparent; border: 0px; margin: 0px; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;Katha Sarita Sagara&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #555555; font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 21px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; outline: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;&quot;&gt;
* Marked scriptures are composed in languages mentioned in the bracket and not in Sanskrit.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</description><link>http://sanskritlang.blogspot.com/2012/10/sanskrit-texts-scriptures.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Anonymous)</author><thr:total>1</thr:total></item></channel></rss>